Brother Sewing Machine NV1500 User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
When using this machine, basic safety precautions should always be taken, including the following:  
Read all instructions before using.  
DANGER -  
To reduce the risk of electric shock:  
1. The machine should never be left unattended while plugged in. Always unplug the machine from the electrical  
outlet immediately after using and before cleaning.  
WARNING -  
To reduce the risk of burns, fire, electric shock, or injury to persons:  
1. Do not allow this machine to be used as a toy. Close attention is necessary when the machine is used by or  
near children.  
2. Use this machine only for its intended use as described in this manual. Use only accessories recommended by  
the manufacturer as contained in this manual.  
3. Never operate this machine if it has a damaged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, if it has been dropped  
or damaged, or dropped into water. Return the machine to the nearest authorized retailer or service center for  
examination, repair, electrical or mechanical adjustment.  
4. Never operate the machine with any air openings blocked. Keep ventilation openings of the machine and foot  
control free from the accumulation of lint, dust, and loose cloth.  
5. Never drop or insert any object into any opening.  
6. Do not use outdoors.  
7. Do not operate where aerosol (spray) products are being used or where oxygen is being administered.  
8. To disconnect, turn the main switch to the symbol “ ” position which represents off, then remove plug from  
outlet.  
9. Do not unplug by pulling on cord. To unplug, grasp the plug, not the cord.  
10. Keep fingers away from all moving parts. Special care is required around the machine needle.  
11. Always use the proper needle plate. The wrong plate can cause the needle to break.  
12. Do not use bent needles.  
13. Do not pull or push fabric while stitching. It may deflect the needle causing it to break.  
14. Switch the machine to the symbol “ ” position when making any adjustments in the needle area, such as  
threading needle, changing needle, threading bobbin, or changing presser foot, and the like.  
15. Always unplug the machine from the electrical outlet when removing covers, lubricating, or when making any  
other user servicing adjustments mentioned in the instruction manual.  
16. This sewing machine is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.  
17. Young children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with this machine.  
18. If the Light unit is damaged, it must be replaced by authorized dealer.  
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS  
This machine is intended for household use.  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FOR USERS IN THE UK, EIRE, MALTA  
AND CYPRUS ONLY  
If this machine is fitted with a three-pin non-rewireable BS plug then please read the following.  
IMPORTANT  
If the available socket outlet is not suitable for the plug supplied with this equipment, it should be cut off and an  
appropriate three-pin plug fitted. With alternative plugs an approved fuse must be fitted in the plug.  
NOTE  
The plug served from the main lead must be destroyed as a plug with bared flexible cords is hazardous if engaged in  
a live socket outlet. In the event of replacing the plug fuse, use a fuse approved by ASTA to BS 1362, i.e. carrying  
the  
mark, rating as marked on plug.  
Always replace the fuse cover, never use plugs with the fuse cover omitted.  
WARNING  
DO NOT CONNECT EITHER WIRE TO THE EARTH TERMINAL WHICH IS MARKED WITH THE LETTER ‘E’, BY  
THE EARTH SYMBOL  
OR COLOURED GREEN OR GREEN AND YELLOW.  
The wires in this main lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:  
Blue  
Neutral  
Live  
Brown  
As the colours of the wiring in the main lead of this appliance may not correspond with the coloured markings iden-  
tifying the terminals in your plug, proceed as follows.  
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter ‘N’ or coloured  
black or blue.  
The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter ‘L’ or coloured  
red or brown.  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)  
Declaration of Conformity (For USA Only)  
Responsible Party: Brother International Corporation  
100 Somerset Corporate Boulevard  
Bridgewater, NJ 08807-0911 USA  
TEL : (908) 704-1700  
declares that the product  
Product Name:  
Model Number:  
Brother Sewing Machine  
NV1500D/NV1500  
complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may  
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference  
that may cause undesired operation.  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15  
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi-  
dential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and  
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there  
is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful  
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user  
is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna  
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is con-  
nected.  
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
• The included interface cable should be used in order to ensure compliance with the limits for a Class B  
digital device.  
• Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Brother Industries, Ltd. could void the user's  
authority to operate the equipment.  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CONGRATULATIONS ON CHOOSING OUR  
MACHINE  
Your machine is the most advanced computerized household embroidery and sewing machine. To fully enjoy all  
the features incorporated, we suggest that you study the manual.  
PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE  
For safe operation  
1. Be sure to keep your eye on the needle while sewing. Do not touch the handwheel, thread take-up lever, nee-  
dle, or other moving parts.  
2. Remember to turn off the power switch and unplug the cord when:  
• Operation is completed  
• Replacing or removing the needle or any other parts  
• A power failure occurs during use  
• Maintaining the machine  
• Leaving the machine unattended.  
3. Do not store anything on the foot controller.  
4. Plug the machine directly into the wall. Do not use extension cords.  
For a longer service life  
1. When storing this machine, avoid direct sunlight and high humidity locations. Do not use or store the machine  
near a space heater, iron, halogen lamp, or other hot objects.  
2. Use only neutral soaps or detergents to clean the case. Benzene, thinner, and scouring powders can damage  
the case and machine, and should never be used.  
3. Do not drop or hit the machine.  
4. Always consult the operation manual when replacing or installing any assemblies, the presser feet, needle, or  
other parts to assure correct installation.  
For repair or adjustment  
In the event a malfunction occurs or adjustment is required, first follow the troubleshooting table in the back of the  
operation manual to inspect and adjust the machine yourself. If the problem persists, please consult your local  
authorized Brother dealer.  
For additional product information and updates, visit our web site at www.brother.com  
The contents of this manual and specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL  
Chapters 1 and 2 describe to the first-time user the initial operations for using this machine and the basic  
sewing operations.  
To sew utility stitches  
Continue with chapter 3 to learn how to select a stitch and sew using the various stitches.  
Chapter 2  
Chapter 1  
Chapter 3  
To sew characters and patterns  
Continue with chapter 4 to learn basic operations, from selecting patterns to sewing, in addition to  
operations such as combining and editing patterns to rotate or resize them, and storing combined  
patterns.  
Chapter 2  
Chapter 4  
Chapter 1  
To embroider  
Continue with chapter 5 to learn basic embroidering operations, from selecting patterns to sewing, as  
well as operations such as editing patterns to rotate or resize them and utilizing more useful functions or  
techniques. In chapter 6, you can learn how to edit more advanced embroidery patterns and combine  
patterns.  
Chapter 1  
Chapter 2  
Chapter 5  
Chapter 6  
• Parts related to operations described in the procedures are highlighted in blue.  
Perform the operations while comparing the screens in the procedures with those that appear on the  
machine.  
• If, while using the machine, you have questions about an operation or you would like to know more  
about a specific function, refer to the index (P.197) and the table of contents to find the section of the  
manual to refer to.  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
CONTENTS  
Smocking.................................................................. 69  
Fagoting.................................................................... 70  
Tape or Elastic Attaching........................................... 71  
Heirloom Stitching.................................................... 72  
Buttonhole Stitches ................................................... 74  
Bar Tacks.................................................................. 79  
Button Sewing........................................................... 81  
Eyelets ...................................................................... 82  
Multi-Directional Sewing (Straight Stitch and  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR  
FUNCTIONS...........................................................9  
Machine ..................................................................... 9  
Needle and Presser Foot Section............................... 10  
Embroidery Unit ....................................................... 10  
Operation Buttons .................................................... 11  
Included Accessories ................................................ 11  
Options .................................................................... 14  
Chapter 1 Getting Ready  
15  
Zigzag Stitch)............................................................ 83  
Zipper Insertion ........................................................ 84  
TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF ....................16  
LCD SCREEN .......................................................17  
Using the Machine Setting Mode Key ...................... 20  
Using the Machine Operation Mode Key ................. 22  
Using the Pattern Explanation Key ........................... 23  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING ..............................24  
Winding the Bobbin ................................................. 24  
Setting the Bobbin .................................................... 27  
Pulling Up the Bobbin Thread .................................. 27  
Upper Threading ...................................................... 28  
Using the Twin Needle............................................. 31  
CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT .......................33  
Removing the Presser Foot........................................ 33  
Attaching the Presser Foot......................................... 33  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE...................................34  
Chapter 4 Character/Decorative Stitches 87  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS .......................... 88  
Selecting Decorative Stitch Patterns/7 mm  
Decorative Stitch Patterns/Satin Stitch Patterns/  
7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns/Cross Stitch Patterns/  
Utility Decorative Stitch Patterns............................... 89  
Alphabet Patterns...................................................... 89  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS............................... 91  
Sewing Attractive Finishes......................................... 91  
Basic Sewing............................................................. 91  
Adjusting Patterns ..................................................... 92  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS .............................. 94  
Changing the Pattern Size ......................................... 95  
Changing the Pattern Length  
(7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns Only).............................. 95  
Creating a Vertical Mirror Image............................... 95  
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image .......................... 95  
Selecting a Single/Repeating Pattern.......................... 96  
Changing the Thread Density  
Chapter 2 Sewing Basics  
37  
SEWING ..............................................................38  
Sewing a Stitch ......................................................... 38  
Sewing Reinforcement Stitches ................................. 40  
Sewing Curves.......................................................... 40  
Changing Sewing Direction ...................................... 40  
Sewing Heavyweight Fabric...................................... 41  
Sewing Lightweight Fabric........................................ 41  
ADJUSTING STITCH SETTINGS...........................42  
Adjusting the Stitch Width ........................................ 42  
Adjusting the Stitch Length ....................................... 42  
Adjusting the Thread Tension ................................... 43  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS..........................................43  
Automatic Reinforcement Stitching........................... 43  
Automatic Thread Cutting......................................... 44  
Locking the Screen ................................................... 45  
(Satin Stitch Patterns Only)........................................ 96  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS ....................... 97  
Before Combining Patterns........................................ 97  
Combining Patterns From Different Categories.......... 97  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Sizes.............. 98  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Orientations .. 99  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Lengths........ 100  
Creating Step Patterns (7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns  
Only) ...................................................................... 101  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION................... 103  
Stitch Data Precautions........................................... 103  
Saving Stitch Patterns in the Machine’s Memory ..... 103  
Saving Stitch Patterns to the Computer.................... 105  
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the Machine’s  
Chapter 3 Utility Stitches  
47  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH............................48  
Selecting a Stitch Pattern........................................... 49  
Saving Stitch Settings ................................................ 49  
Using the Sewing Type Selection Key ...................... 50  
SEWING THE STITCHES......................................51  
Straight Stitches ........................................................ 51  
Darts Seams.............................................................. 53  
Gathering ................................................................. 54  
Flat Fell Seams.......................................................... 54  
Pintucks.................................................................... 55  
Zigzag Stitches.......................................................... 56  
Elastic Zigzag Stitches............................................... 57  
Overcasting .............................................................. 58  
Quilting.................................................................... 62  
Blind Hem Stitches ................................................... 66  
Appliqués ................................................................. 67  
Shell Tuck Stitching .................................................. 68  
Scalloping................................................................. 68  
Top Stitching ............................................................ 69  
Memory.................................................................. 106  
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the Computer .......... 107  
Chapter 5 Embroidery  
109  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING................................. 110  
Attaching Embroidery Foot “U”............................... 111  
Attaching the Embroidery Unit................................ 112  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS.............. 114  
One-point Patterns/Floral Patterns........................... 115  
Alphabet Patterns.................................................... 116  
Frame Patterns ........................................................ 117  
Embroidery Cards ................................................... 118  
Selecting Patterns from the Machine's Memory/  
Computer................................................................ 118  
VIEWING THE SEWING SCREEN...................... 119  
PREPARING THE FABRIC.................................. 120  
Attaching Stabilizer to Fabric .................................. 120  
Hooping Fabric in the Embroidery Frame................ 121  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Embroidering Small Fabrics and Fabric Edges.......... 123  
ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME ..........124  
EDITING THE PATTERN ....................................125  
Changing the Embroidery Frame Display................. 125  
Changing the Pattern Position.................................. 125  
Rotating the Pattern ................................................. 126  
Changing the Pattern Size........................................ 126  
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image......................... 127  
Changing the Stitching Density (Alphabet and  
Frame Patterns Only)............................................... 128  
Changing the Color of Single Characters.................. 128  
CHECKING THE PATTERN ................................129  
Checking the Embroidering Position........................ 129  
Previewing the Pattern............................................. 130  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN ..........131  
Sewing Attractive Finishes ....................................... 131  
Sewing Embroidery Patterns .................................... 132  
Embroidering Appliqué Patterns .............................. 133  
If the Bobbin Runs Out of Thread ............................ 134  
If the Thread Breaks During Sewing .............................. 135  
Restarting from the Beginning.................................. 136  
Adjusting the Thread Tension .................................. 136  
Automatic Thread Cutting........................................ 137  
Changing the Embroidering Speed........................... 138  
Changing the Thread Color Display......................... 138  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION ...................140  
Embroidery Data Precautions .................................. 140  
Saving Embroidery Patterns in the Machine’s  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE .............................176  
Cleaning the LCD.................................................... 176  
Cleaning the Machine Casing.................................. 176  
Cleaning the Race ................................................... 176  
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN.................................178  
Screen Visibility Is Low............................................ 178  
Touch Panel Is Malfunctioning ................................ 178  
TROUBLESHOOTING.......................................180  
ERROR MESSAGES............................................183  
SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................188  
UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE’S  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SOFTWARE.......................................................189  
STITCH SETTING CHART..................................191  
INDEX...............................................................197  
Memory................................................................... 141  
Saving Embroidery Patterns to the Computer ........... 142  
Retrieving Patterns from the Machine’s Memory...... 143  
Retrieving Patterns from the Computer .................... 144  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS ..........................146  
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an Appliqué (1)....... 146  
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an Appliqué (2)....... 147  
Chapter 6 Embroidery Edit  
149  
AVAILABLE EDITING FUNCTIONS ...................150  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT .......................151  
Selecting One-point Patterns/Floral Patterns/  
Frame Patterns......................................................... 151  
Alphabet Patterns .................................................... 152  
EDITING PATTERNS..........................................154  
Moving the Pattern .................................................. 155  
Rotating the Pattern ................................................. 155  
Changing the Size of the Pattern.............................. 156  
Deleting the Pattern................................................. 156  
Changing the Configuration of Character Patterns.... 157  
Changing the Character Spacing.............................. 157  
Changing the Color of Each Character in a Pattern .. 158  
After Editing............................................................. 158  
COMBINING PATTERNS...................................159  
Editing Combined Patterns....................................... 159  
Sewing Combined Patterns...................................... 162  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION ...................162  
Chapter 7 MY CUSTOM STITCH  
163  
DESIGNING A STITCH ......................................164  
ENTERING STITCH DATA .................................166  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES................171  
Saving Custom Stitches in the Machine’s Memory... 171  
Saving Custom Stitches to the Computer.................. 172  
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the Machine’s  
Memory................................................................... 173  
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the Computer........ 173  
Chapter 8 Appendix  
175  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
Machine  
■ Front View  
■ Right-side/Rear View  
a Handle  
a Top cover  
When transporting the machine, carry it by this handle.  
Open the top cover to thread the machine and wind the bobbin.  
b Handwheel  
b Thread guide plate  
Turn the handwheel toward you to sew one stitch or to raise or  
lower the needle.  
Pass the thread around the thread guide plate when threading  
the upper thread.  
c Embroidery card slot  
c Thread take-up lever check window  
Look through the window to check the position of the take-up lever.  
d Needle threader lever  
Insert the embroidery cards (sold separately) into the  
embroidery card slot.  
d USB connector  
Use the needle threader lever when threading the needle  
automatically.  
Plug in a USB cable to connect a computer.  
e Touch pen holder  
e Thread cutter  
Use the touch pen holder to hold the touch pen when it is not  
being used.  
f Foot controller jack  
Pass the threads through the thread cutter to cut them.  
f Flat bed attachment with accessory compartment  
Store presser feet and bobbins in the accessory compartment  
of the flat bed attachment. Remove the flat bed attachment  
when sewing cylindrical pieces such as sleeve cuffs.  
Insert the plug on the end of the foot controller cord into the foot  
controller jack.  
g Foot controller  
g Operation buttons (5 buttons) and sewing speed  
Press the foot controller to control the speed of the machine.  
h Jack connector  
Insert the power cord into the connector jack.  
i Main power switch  
Use the main power switch to turn the machine ON and OFF.  
j Air vent  
Do not cover the air vent while the sewing machine is being  
used.  
k Feed dog position switch  
controller  
Use these buttons to perform various operations, such as  
starting sewing and raising or lowering the needle.  
Slide the sewing speed controller to adjust the sewing speed  
while using utility stitches.  
h Knee lifter slot  
Insert the knee lifter into the slot.  
i Knee lifter  
Use the knee lifter to raise and lower the presser foot.  
j LCD (liquid crystal display)  
Use the feed dog position switch to lower the feed dogs.  
l Presser foot lever  
Stitch settings can be viewed and edited, and operations for  
using the machine can be displayed, and error messages  
appear in the LCD.  
Raise and lower the presser foot lever to raise and lower the  
presser foot.  
k Spool pin  
Place a spool of thread on the spool pin.  
l Spool cap  
Use the spool cap to hold the spool in place.  
m Bobbin winder  
Use the bobbin winder when winding the bobbin.  
n Supplemental spool pin  
Use this spool pin to wind the bobbin thread while sewing or to  
sew with the twin needle.  
o Thread guide  
Pass the thread around this thread guide when winding the  
bobbin thread.  
p Bobbin winding thread guide  
Pass the thread around this thread guide when winding the  
bobbin thread.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
Needle and Presser Foot Section  
Embroidery Unit  
a Buttonhole lever  
a Carriage  
Lower the buttonhole lever when sewing buttonholes and bar  
tacks.  
The carriage moves the embroidery frame automatically when  
embroidering.  
b Presser foot holder  
The presser foot is attached to the presser foot holder.  
c Presser foot holder screw  
b Release button (located under the embroidery unit)  
Press the release button to remove the embroidery unit.  
c Embroidery unit connector  
Use the presser foot holder screw to hold the presser foot  
holder in place.  
Insert the embroidery unit connector into the connection port to  
attach the embroidery unit.  
d Presser foot  
d Embroidery frame holder  
The presser foot consistently applies pressure to the fabric as it  
is sewn. Attach the appropriate presser foot for the selected  
stitch.  
Attach the embroidery frame to the embroidery frame holder to  
hold the frame in place.  
e Frame-securing lever  
e Feed dogs  
Press down the frame-securing lever to secure the embroidery  
frame.  
The feed dogs feed the fabric in the sewing direction.  
f Bobbin cover  
Open the bobbin cover to insert the bobbin.  
g Needle plate cover  
Remove the needle plate cover to clean the bobbin case and  
CAUTION  
• After the embroidery frame is set in the frame  
holder, be sure the frame-securing lever is  
correctly lowered.  
race.  
h Needle plate  
The needle plate is marked with guides to help sew straight  
seams.  
i Needle bar thread guide  
Pass the upper thread through the needle bar thread guide.  
j Needle clamp screw  
Use the needle clamp screw to hold the needle in place.  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
Operation Buttons  
Included Accessories  
The accessories are stored in the flat bed  
attachment. Open the flat bed attachment as  
shown below.  
a “Start/Stop” button  
b
When this button is pressed, the machine sews a few stitches at  
a low speed, then begins sewing at the speed set by the sewing  
speed controller. Press this button again to stop sewing. This  
button lights up in a different color depending on the machine’s  
operating condition.  
c
Green:  
Red:  
The machine is ready to sew or is sewing.  
The machine cannot sew.  
d
a
b “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button  
This button is used to sew reinforcement stitches at the  
beginning and end of stitching. When this button is pressed, the  
machine sews 3 to 5 stitches in the same spot, then stops  
automatically. For straight and zigzag stitch patterns that take  
reverse stitches, the machine sews reverse stitches (stitches  
sewn in the opposite direction) at low speed only while the  
“Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is held down.  
a Embroidery foot “U” storage space  
b Bobbin stand  
(Place the bobbins on the pins to store them.)  
c Storage space  
d Presser foot storage tray  
c “Needle Position” button  
(Store presser feet marked A, G, I, J, M, N, and R.)  
Use this button to change the sewing direction or for detailed  
sewing in small areas. Press this button to raise or lower the  
needle position. Press this button twice to sew a single stitch.  
d “Thread Cutter” button  
Press this button after sewing to automatically trim the excess  
thread.  
e “Presser Foot Lifter” button  
Press this button to lower the presser foot and apply pressure to  
the fabric. Press this button again to raise the presser foot.  
f Sewing speed controller  
Slide the sewing speed controller to the left or right to adjust the  
sewing speed. Slide the controller to the left to sew at lower  
speeds. Slide the controller to the right to sew at higher speeds.  
Beginners should sew at a lower speed until they become  
familiar with the machine.  
CAUTION  
• Do not press the “Thread Cutter” button after  
the threads have already been cut. Otherwise,  
the needle may break, the threads may become  
tangled, or damage to the machine may occur.  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
15  
23  
31  
13  
16  
24  
32  
14  
19  
27  
17  
25  
33  
18  
26  
34  
75/11 2 needles  
90/14 2 needles  
90/14 2 needles: Ball point needle  
(gold colored)  
20  
21  
22  
30  
28  
29  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
Part Code  
Others  
Memo  
(For U.S.A. only)  
No.  
Part Name  
U.S.A./  
Canada  
Foot controller: Model T  
This foot controller can be used with this  
machine model NV1500D/NV1500.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Embroidery foot “U”  
Buttonhole foot “A”  
Overcasting foot “G”  
Monogramming foot “N”  
Zipper foot “I”  
XD0313-051  
X57789-151  
XC3098-051  
X53840-351  
X59370-051  
XC3021-051  
X56409-051  
130489-001  
Memo  
Zigzag foot “J” (on machine)  
Blind stitch foot “R”  
Button fitting foot “M”  
Walking foot  
• Always use accessories recommended for  
this machine.  
• The screw for the presser foot holder is  
available through your authorized dealer  
(part code: XA4813-051).  
SA140 F033N:XC2214-102  
SA177 F054:XC3879-002  
10 Side cutter foot  
11 Free-motion quilting foot  
12 Seam ripper  
13 Bobbin × 4  
SA129 F005N:XC1948-002  
X54243-051  
• This operation manual and the foot  
controller can be stored in the machine’s  
hard case.  
SA156  
SFB:XA5539-151  
X58358-051  
X59296-151  
XC1807-121  
184944-001  
X59476-051  
135793-001  
X55467-051  
X55468-051  
130013-154  
X55260-153  
130012-054  
XC8619-051  
X57045-051  
XC1074-051  
XA5523-050  
14 Needle set  
15 Twin Needle  
16 Scissors  
17 Chalk pen  
18 Cleaning brush  
19 Eyelet punch  
20 Screwdriver (large)  
21 Screwdriver (small)  
22 Spool cap (small)  
23 Spool cap (medium) × 2  
24 Spool cap (large)  
25 Vertical spool pin  
26 Spool felt  
27 Disc-shaped screwdriver  
28 Spool net  
Embroidery frame set (large)  
29 18 cm (H) × 13 cm (W)  
(7 inches (H) × 5 inches (W))  
Embroidery frame set  
SA439/  
EF75  
EF75:XC8481-052  
(extra large) 26 cm (H) × 16 SA441/  
30  
EF81:XC9763-052  
cm (W) (10-1/4 inches (H) ×  
EF81  
6-1/4 inches (W))  
XD0501-021 (EU area)  
XC8816-021 (other area)  
31 Foot controller  
Embroidery needle plate  
cover  
32  
XA9939-051  
33 Grid sheet set  
34 Touch pen (stylus)  
35 Knee lifter  
SA507  
GS3:X81277-050  
XA9940-051  
XA6941-052  
36 USB cable  
XD0745-051  
Alternate bobbin case  
37 (pink marking)  
(See page 131)  
XC8167-151  
EBT-CEN:  
X81164-001  
38 Embroidery bobbin thread  
SA-EBT  
SA519  
39 Stabilizer material  
40 Operation Manual  
41 Quick Reference Guide  
42 Hard case  
BM3:X81175-101  
XD0550-051  
XD0556-051  
XC9640-051  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NAMES OF MACHINE PARTS AND THEIR FUNCTIONS  
Note  
Options  
• Embroidery cards purchased in foreign  
countries may not work with your machine.  
1
2
3
• Visit your authorized dealer for complete  
listing of optional accessories available for  
your machine.  
4
7
5
8
6
9
10  
11  
Part Code  
Others  
No.  
Part Name  
U.S.A./  
Canada  
1
Embroidery bobbin thread  
(White)  
Embroidery bobbin thread  
(Black)  
SA-EBT EBT-CEN:X81164-001  
SAEBT999 EBT-CEBN:XC5520-001  
2
3
4
Stabilizer material  
Water soluble stabilizer  
Seam guide  
SA519  
SA520  
SA532  
BM3:X81175-101  
BM4:X81267-101  
SG1:XC8483-05  
Embroidery frame set (small)  
SA437/  
EF73  
EF73:XC8479-052  
EF74:XC8480-052  
2 cm (H)  
2-1/2 inches (W))  
Embroidery frame set (medium)  
10 cm (H) 10 cm (W) (4 inches  
(H) 4 inches (W))  
×
6 cm (W) (1 inch (H)  
×
SA438/  
EF74  
5
×
×
6
7
Straight stitch needle plate  
SA550 SNP01:XD0606-052  
XC8449-051  
Cord guide bobbin cover  
(with single hole)  
8
9
SATFM  
Table and free motion grip  
Spool stand  
TFM2:XC8645-052  
4000D  
SA539  
TS2:XC9655-052  
Embroidery unit carrying  
case  
Embroidery card  
10  
11  
SA529 D6EUC:XC9862-052  
Memo  
Please be aware that some specifications may  
change without notice.  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
1
Getting Ready  
TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF....................................................16  
LCD SCREEN........................................................................................17  
■ Display Precautions.........................................................................................................17  
■ Key Functions..................................................................................................................18  
Using the Machine Setting Mode Key......................................................................20  
Using the Machine Operation Mode Key ................................................................22  
■ Contents of Each Category ..............................................................................................22  
Using the Pattern Explanation Key ..........................................................................23  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING..............................................................24  
Winding the Bobbin ................................................................................................24  
■ Using the Supplemental Spool Pin...................................................................................24  
■ Winding the Bobbin Using the Spool Pin.........................................................................26  
Setting the Bobbin...................................................................................................27  
Pulling Up the Bobbin Thread.................................................................................27  
Upper Threading.....................................................................................................28  
Using the Twin Needle............................................................................................31  
CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT .......................................................33  
Removing the Presser Foot......................................................................................33  
Attaching the Presser Foot ......................................................................................33  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE...................................................................34  
■ Checking the Needle .......................................................................................................34  
■ About the Needle ............................................................................................................36  
■ Fabric/Thread/Needle Combinations ..............................................................................36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF  
TURNING THE MACHINE ON/OFF  
WARNING  
•
•
Use only regular household electricity as the power source. Using other power sources may result in fire, electric  
shock, or damage to the machine.  
Turn the main power to OFF and remove the plug in the following circumstances:  
When you are away from the machine  
After using the machine  
When the power fails during use  
When the machine does not operate correctly due to a bad connection or a disconnection  
During electrical storms  
CAUTION  
•
Do not use extension cords or multi-plug adapters with many other appliances plugged in to them. Fire or electric  
shock may result.  
•
•
Do not touch the plug with wet hands. Electric shock may result.  
When unplugging the machine, always turn the main power to OFF first. Always grasp the plug to remove it from the  
outlet. Pulling on the cord may damage the cord, or lead to fire or electric shock.  
Do not allow the power cord to be cut, damaged, modified, forcefully bent, pulled, twisted, or bundled. Do not place  
heavy objects on the cord. Do not subject the cord to heat. These things may damage the cord, or cause fire or electric  
shock. If the cord or plug is damaged, take the machine to your authorized dealer for repairs before continuing use.  
Unplug the power cord if the machine is not to be used for a long period of time. Otherwise, a fire may result.  
When leaving the machine unattended, either the main switch of the machine should be turned to OFF or the plug  
must be removed from the socket-outlet.  
•
•
•
•
•
When servicing the machine or when removing covers, either the machine or the electrical set must be unplugged.  
For U.S.A. only  
This appliance has a polarized plug (one blade wider than the other). To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this plug is  
intended to fit in a polarized outlet only one way.  
If the plug does not fit fully in the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician to install  
the proper outlet. Do not modify the plug in any way.  
Insert the power cord into the power cord  
jack connector, then insert the plug into a  
wall outlet.  
Turn the main power switch to “I” to turn on  
the machine.  
a
b
b
a
a
a OFF  
b ON  
b
a Main power switch  
b Power cord  
Turn the main power switch to “O” to turn  
off the machine.  
c
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
LCD SCREEN  
■ Display Precautions  
• Only touch the display with your finger or the touch pen included with the machine. Do not use a  
mechanical pencil, screwdriver or any other hard or sharp objects. In addition, do not press the display with  
extreme pressure, otherwise damage to the display may result.  
1
• All or part of the display may sometimes become darker or lighter due to fluctuations in the surrounding  
temperature or other changes in the environment. This is not a sign of a malfunction. If the display is difficult  
to read, adjust its brightness (see page 21).  
• The display may be dark immediately after the machine is turned on. This is a normal characteristic of the  
backlight and is not a sign of a malfunction. After approximately 10 minutes, the display should reach its  
normal level of brightness.  
• If you are not directly facing the display, the colors may be distorted or the screen may be difficult to read.  
This is a normal characteristic of the display and is not a malfunction. Be sure to sit in front of the display  
while using it.  
When the machine is turned on, the opening screen appears. The machine can be set so that the opening screen is  
not displayed (see page 21).  
Lightly press the display with your finger. Depending on the setting, either "1-01 Straight stitch (Left)" or "1-03  
Straight stitch (Middle)" is automatically selected (see page 20).  
Memo  
It may take some time until the opening screen appears. This is not a sign of a malfunction.  
a Shows whether the machine is set for a single needle  
or twin needle, and the needle position when the  
machine is stopped. The desired needle position can  
be set (see page 20).  
For a single needle  
a
b
c
Single needle/down  
position  
Single needle/up  
position  
For a twin needle  
d
Twin needle/down  
position  
Twin needle/up  
position  
e
b Presser foot code  
Attach the indicated presser foot before sewing.  
c Shows the number for the selected stitch (only for  
utility stitches).  
d Shows a preview of the selected stitch.  
e Shows the current page number and the total number  
of pages available.  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
■ Key Functions  
With your finger or the touch pen, press a key at the top of the display (  
screen that is displayed.  
) to change the  
1
2
3
6
5
7
i
4
h
j
k
l
q
p
s
m
n
o
r
Operation panel  
No.  
Key  
Name  
Function  
Page  
Machine setting mode Press this key to change the needle stop position, turn the buzzer on/off, adjust  
20  
1
key  
the pattern or screen, and change other machine settings.  
Machine operation  
mode key  
Press this key to see descriptions for upper threading, winding the bobbin,  
changing the presser foot, and other operations for using the machine.  
22  
2
3
Presser foot / Needle  
exchange key  
Press this key when changing the needle or presser foot. Pressing this key locks  
all keys and operation buttons so that parts can safely be changed. Press this key  
again to unlock the keys and buttons.  
33,34  
When operations are displayed, the screen for the presser foot/needle  
replacement mode is not displayed.  
Utility stitch key  
Press this key to select a straight stitch, zigzag stitch, buttonhole, blind hem  
stitch, or other stitch (utility stitch) commonly used in garment sewing.  
48  
88  
4
5
6
7
Character/Decorative  
Stitch key  
Press this key to select character or decorative stitch patterns.  
Press this key to sew embroidery.  
Embroidery key  
114  
151  
Embroidery edit key  
Press this key to combine embroidery patterns. By editing embroidery patterns,  
you can create original emblems and name tags.  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
Screen  
No.  
Key  
Name  
Function  
Page  
Screen lock key  
Press this key to lock the screen. When the screen is locked, the various settings,  
such as the stitch width and stitch length, are locked and cannot be changed.  
Press this key again to unlock the settings.  
45  
h
Sewing type selection Press this key when you need help selecting the appropriate stitch pattern for the  
50  
i
1
key  
sewing application and when you need instructions on how to sew the selected  
stitch pattern. This key is very helpful for beginners.  
Pattern explanation key Press this key to see how the selected stitch pattern can be used.  
23  
48  
j
k
Stitch selection display Press the key for the stitch pattern that you want to sew. Press one of the  
keys to change the pattern selection screen.  
Automatic  
Press this key to select the automatic reinforcement stitching (reverse stitching)  
43  
44  
l
m
reinforcement stitch key setting. If you select this setting before sewing, the machine will automatically  
sew reinforcement stitches at the beginning and end of stitching (depending on  
the selected stitch pattern, reverse stitches may be sewn). Press this key again to  
cancel the setting.  
Automatic thread  
cutting key  
Press this key to select the automatic thread cutting setting.  
If you select this setting before sewing, the machine will automatically sew  
reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending on the selected stitch) and  
trim the threads when the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed.  
Press this key again to cancel the setting.  
Mirror image key  
Press this key to create a mirror image of the selected stitch pattern.  
49  
31  
n
o
•
If this key appears as  
, it cannot be used.  
Needle mode selection Before sewing with the twin needle, press this key to select the setting for twin  
key (single/twin)  
needle sewing. Each time this key is pressed, the setting switches between that  
for single needle sewing and twin needle sewing.  
•
If this key appears as  
, it cannot be used.  
Reset key  
Press this key to return the selected stitch pattern’s saved settings to the original  
settings.  
49  
49  
p
q
Manual memory key  
Change the stitch pattern settings (zigzag width and stitch length, thread tension,  
automatic thread cutting or automatic reinforcement stitching, etc.), then save  
them by pressing this key.  
Stitch width and stitch Shows the stitch width (zigzag width) and the stitch length settings of the  
length keys  
42  
r
currently selected stitch pattern. Press  
stitch length settings.  
or  
to adjust the stitch width and  
•
If  
appears, the setting cannot be adjusted.  
Thread tension keys  
Shows the thread tension setting of the currently selected stitch pattern. The  
43  
s
thread tension is usually set automatically. Press  
tension setting.  
or  
to adjust the thread  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
Using the Machine Setting Mode Key  
Press  
to change the needle stop position, turn the buzzer on/off, adjust the pattern or screen, and change  
other basic machine settings.  
a Select whether the needle stops in the raised or  
lowered position when the machine is stopped.  
b Select whether to use the sewing speed controller or  
to adjust the zigzag width (see page 64).  
c Make adjustments to the character and decorative  
stitch patterns (see page 92).  
d Adjust the presser foot height (select the height of the  
presser foot when the presser foot is raised) (see  
page 41).  
a
b
c
e Adjust the presser foot pressure between 1 (weak)  
and 4 (strong).  
* The higher the number, the higher the pressure will be. Set  
the pressure to 3 for normal sewing.  
d
e
f
f Select whether “1-01 Straight stitch (Left)” or “1-03  
Straight stitch (Middle)” is the utility stitch that is  
automatically selected when the machine is turned  
on.  
*
*
*
Press  
Press  
Press  
to display the next page.  
a Select from among 5 embroidery frame displays (see  
page 125).  
b Select whether the thread color name, thread color  
number or sewing time appears for the thread color  
display in the embroidery screen (see page 138).  
c Select the thread brand available when selecting a  
thread color number in the thread color display of the  
embroidery screen (see page 138).  
a
b
c
to display the next page.  
a Adjust the maximum embroidering speed.  
b Adjust the thread tension for embroidering.  
c Adjust the height of embroidery foot “U” (see page  
120).  
d Select the units (mm/inch) for displaying distances  
and the sizes of embroidery patterns.  
a
e Select the initial screen (Embroidery/Embroidery Edit)  
when the embroidery unit is installed.  
b
c
d
e
to display the next page.  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
a Adjust the density of the display.  
* Press  
* Press  
to make the screen lighter.  
to make the screen darker.  
Adjust the density so that the contrast between  
can be clearly seen.  
and  
a
b
1
b Turn on/off the buzzer.  
c
c Turn on/off the needle area and work area lights.  
d Select whether or not the opening screen appears  
when the machine is turned on.  
e Select one of the 13 display languages:  
[English], [German], [French], [Italian], [Dutch],  
[Spanish], [Japanese], [Danish], [Norwegian],  
[Finnish], [Swedish], [Portuguese], [Russian]  
d
e
*
Press  
to display the next page.  
a Display the service count of embroidery stitches. The  
service count is a reminder to take your machine in for  
regular servicing (Contact your authorized dealer for  
details.)  
b Shows the version of the software installed on this  
machine  
c Shows the product identification number for this  
machine.  
Memo  
The latest version of software is installed in your  
machine. Check with your local authorized Brother  
dealer or at www.brother.com for notification of  
available updates (see page 189).  
a
b
c
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
Using the Machine Operation Mode Key  
Basic machine operations and other information based on the contents of this Operation Manual are stored in this  
machine.  
Press  
to open the screen shown below. Six categories are displayed at the top of the screen. Press a key to  
see more information about that category.  
■ Contents of Each Category  
Names of Machine Parts and Their Functions  
Sewing Basics  
Troubleshooting  
Presser foot lever  
Upper threading  
Sewing speed controller  
Handwheel  
Bobbin winding  
Changing the needle  
Changing the presser foot  
Setting the bobbin  
Feed dog position switch  
Flat bed attachment with  
accessory compartment  
Knee lifter  
Foot controller  
Main Buttons  
Basic Embroidering Operations  
Maintenance  
“Thread Cutter” button  
“Presser Foot Lifter” button  
“Start/Stop” button  
Attaching iron-on stabilizer to the  
fabric  
Cleaning the race and bobbin case  
Inserting the fabric  
Attaching the embroidery frame  
Attaching the embroidery unit  
Attaching embroidery foot “U”  
Correct stabilizer to use  
“Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button  
“Needle Position” button  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD SCREEN  
Example: Displaying information about upper  
Using the Pattern Explanation Key  
threading  
Press  
Press  
.
a
b
To learn more about the uses for a stitch pattern, select  
.
1
the stitch, and then press  
the selected stitch.  
to see a description of  
→ A list of basic operations appears in the lower half of  
the screen.  
Example: Displaying information on the use for  
Press  
(upper threading).  
c
.
Select  
, and then press  
.
a
→ The instructions for threading the machine appear.  
Press  
to view the next page.  
d
→ Uses for  
appear.  
When you are finished with the instructions,  
press  
b
.
When you are finished with the instructions,  
press  
e
.
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Set the supplemental spool pin in the “up”  
position.  
c
Winding the Bobbin  
This section describes how to wind thread onto a  
bobbin. With this machine, you can use the  
supplemental spool pin to wind the bobbin while  
sewing using the main spool pin.  
a
CAUTION  
a Supplemental spool pin  
•
The included bobbin was designed specifically for  
this sewing machine. If bobbins from other models  
are used, the machine will not operate correctly.  
Use only the included bobbin or bobbins of the same  
type (part code: X52800-150).  
Place the spool of thread on the supplemental  
spool pin so that the thread unwinds from the  
front. Then, slide the spool cap as far as  
possible onto the supplemental spool pin to  
secure the thread spool.  
d
Actual size  
11.5 mm  
(approx.  
7/16 inch)  
This model  
Other models  
a
■ Using the Supplemental Spool Pin  
c
While sewing embroidery, the bobbin can  
conveniently be wound.  
b
a
a Supplemental spool pin  
b Spool cap  
6 5  
3, 4  
c Thread spool  
2
7, 8  
9
CAUTION  
•
•
If the thread spool and/or spool cap are set  
incorrectly, the thread may tangle on the spool pin  
and cause the needle to break.  
o l  
Use the spool cap (large, medium, or small) that is  
closest in size to the thread spool. If a spool cap  
smaller than the thread spool is used, the thread may  
become caught in the slit on the end of the spool.  
1
a Supplemental spool pin  
Turn on the machine, and then open the top  
cover.  
a
b
Note  
When using cross-wound thread on a thin spool, use  
the small spool cap, and leave a small gap between  
the cap and the thread spool.  
Align the groove in the bobbin with the spring  
on the bobbin winder shaft, and then set the  
bobbin on the shaft.  
b
a
a
b
c
a Gap  
b Cross-wound thread  
c Spool cap (small)  
a Groove in bobbin  
b Spring on bobbin winder shaft  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
While holding the thread from the spool in  
your right hand, hold the end of the thread  
with your left hand, and then pass the thread  
through the thread guide.  
Slide the bobbin holder to the left until it  
snaps into place.  
* When the bobbin holder is set to the left, it works as a  
switch to make the bobbin wind automatically.  
e
i
a
1
a
a Bobbin holder (switch)  
→ The bobbin stops spinning automatically when it is  
full, and the bobbin holder returns to its original  
position.  
a Thread guide  
Pass the thread under the pin on the bobbin  
winding thread guide, and then pass it around  
the pretension disk.  
f
Cut the thread, and then remove the bobbin.  
j
* Make sure that the thread passes under the pretension disk.  
a
b
Note  
When removing the bobbin, pull up only on the bobbin.  
Do not pull on the bobbin winder seat, otherwise it may  
become loose, resulting in damage to the machine.  
a Pin  
b Pretension disk  
Wind the thread clockwise around the bobbin  
four or five times.  
g
CAUTION  
•
Setting the bobbin improperly may cause the thread  
tension to loosen, breaking the needle and possibly  
resulting in injury.  
2
3
1
Pass the end of the thread through the guide  
slit in the bobbin winder seat, and then pull  
the thread to the right to cut it with the  
cutter.  
h
b
a
a Guide slit  
b Bobbin winder seat  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to follow the process described. If the thread  
is not cut with the cutter, and the bobbin is wound,  
when the thread runs low, it may tangle around the  
bobbin.  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Slide the spool cap as far as possible onto the  
spool pin, and then return the spool pin to its  
original position.  
■ Winding the Bobbin Using the Spool Pin  
e
f
The main spool pin cannot be used to wind the  
bobbin while sewing. For details, see “Using the  
Supplemental Spool Pin” on page 24.  
While holding the thread from the spool with  
both hands, pull the thread through the lower  
notch in the thread guide plate, then through  
the upper notch.  
2
7
8
3
9
b
6
4
5
a
a Lower notch in the thread guide plate  
b Upper notch in the thread guide plate  
o l  
1
Pass the thread through the thread guide.  
g
Turn on the machine.  
a
a
Open the top cover.  
b
Align the groove in the bobbin with the spring  
c
on the bobbin winder shaft, and then slide the  
bobbin onto the shaft.  
a
b
a Thread guide  
Pass the thread under the pin on the bobbin  
winding thread guide, and then pass it around  
the pretension disk.  
h
* Make sure that the thread passes under the pretension disk.  
a
a Groove in bobbin  
b
b Spring on bobbin winder shaft  
Pivot the spool pin so that it angles upward,  
d
and then place the spool of thread on the  
spool pin.  
* Make sure that the thread unwinds from the front.  
a Pin  
b Pretension disk  
Follow steps  
g
through  
j
on page 25.  
i
c
a
b
a Spool cap  
b Thread spool  
c Spool pin  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Lightly hold down the bobbin with your right  
hand, and then, while slightly pulling the  
thread with your left hand, guide it through  
the groove.  
e
Setting the Bobbin  
This section describes how to set a bobbin wound with  
thread into the machine. You can begin sewing without  
pulling up the bobbin thread. If you wish to pull up the  
bobbin thread, for example, when sewing gathers,  
follow the procedure described in the next section.  
1
CAUTION  
•
Use a bobbin thread that has been correctly wound.  
Otherwise, the needle may break or the thread  
tension will be incorrect.  
After guiding the thread completely through  
the groove, pull it toward you to cut it with  
the cutter.  
f
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to raise  
the presser foot.  
a
b
a
a Cutter  
Slide the bobbin cover latch to the right, and  
then remove the bobbin cover.  
Attach the bobbin cover by inserting the tab  
in the lower-left corner of the bobbin cover,  
then lightly press down on the right side of  
the cover until it snaps into place.  
g
b
a
a Bobbin cover  
b Latch  
a
Hold the bobbin with your right hand and hold  
the end of the thread with your left hand.  
c
a Tab  
Pulling Up the Bobbin Thread  
There may be some sewing applications where you  
may want to pull up the bobbin thread, for example,  
when making gathers or with free-motion quilting.  
Follow the procedure described below to pull up the  
bobbin thread.  
Insert the wound bobbin into the bobbin case  
so that the thread unwinds in the direction of  
the arrow.  
d
Memo  
Thread the upper thread before pulling up the bobbin  
thread. For details, see “Upper Threading” on page 28.  
Follow steps  
a
through  
d
from the previous  
a
section to insert the bobbin into the bobbin  
case.  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to hold down the bobbin with your finger  
and unwind the bobbin thread correctly. Otherwise,  
the thread may break or the thread tension will be  
incorrect.  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Guide the bobbin thread through the groove,  
following the arrow in the illustration.  
b
Upper Threading  
This section describes how to thread the machine and  
the needle. The machine is marked with numbers that  
indicate the threading order.  
Note  
• Do not cut the thread with the cutter.  
• Do not attach the bobbin cover.  
CAUTION  
•
•
Be sure to thread the machine properly. Improper  
threading can cause the thread to tangle and break  
the needle, leading to injury.  
When using accessories not included with this  
machine, attach the accessory to the machine after  
threading the machine.  
While lightly holding the upper thread, press  
c
the “Needle Position” button twice to lower,  
then raise the needle.  
7
4, 5  
8
6
12,13  
2,16  
3
11  
10  
9
14,15  
Turn on the machine.  
1
Gently pull the upper thread to pull up the  
bobbin thread.  
d
a
b
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to raise  
the presser foot.  
→ The upper thread shutter opens so the machine can  
be threaded.  
a
→ A loop of the bobbin thread comes out from the hole  
in the needle plate.  
Pull out about 100 mm of the bobbin thread,  
e
and then pass it under the presser foot toward  
the rear of the machine, making it even with  
the upper thread.  
a Upper thread shutter  
a
b
Memo  
This machine is equipped with an upper thread  
shutter, allowing you to check that the upper threading  
is performed correctly.  
a Upper thread  
b Bobbin thread  
Attach the bobbin cover.  
f
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise  
the needle.  
While holding the thread from the spool in  
your right hand, hold the end of the thread  
with your left hand, and then guide the thread  
through the groove, following the arrows in  
the illustration.  
c
g
1
Note  
If you try to thread the needle with the needle threader  
lever without raising it, damage to the machine may  
result.  
Guide the thread down, up, then down  
through the groove, as shown in the  
illustration.  
h
Pivot the spool pin so that it angles upward,  
and then place the spool of thread on the  
spool pin.  
d
a
* Make sure that the thread unwinds from the front.  
c
a
b
a Upper thread shutter  
a Spool cap  
b Thread spool  
c Spool pin  
Memo  
Look through the take-up lever check window to check  
the position of the take-up lever. Before threading the  
machine, make sure that the take-up lever is in the  
raised position.  
Slide the spool cap as far as possible onto the  
spool pin, and then return the spool pin to its  
original position.  
e
a
CAUTION  
b
•
•
If the thread spool and/or spool cap are set  
incorrectly, the thread may tangle on the spool pin  
and cause the needle to break.  
Use the spool cap (large, medium, or small) that is  
closest in size to the thread spool. If a spool cap  
smaller than the thread spool is used, the thread may  
become caught in the slit on the end of the spool and  
cause the needle to break.  
a Upper thread shutter  
b Thread take-up lever check window  
Pass the thread through the needle bar thread  
guide (marked “6”).  
* Hold the thread with both hands and guide it as shown in  
the illustration.  
i
While holding the thread from the spool with  
both hands, pull the thread through the lower  
notch in the thread guide plate, then through  
the upper notch.  
f
b
a
a
a Lower notch in the thread guide plate  
b Upper notch in the thread guide plate  
a Needle bar thread guide  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Pass the thread through the thread guide disks  
(marked “7”).  
* Make sure that the thread passes through the groove in the  
thread guide.  
* Make sure that the thread securely enters the thread guide  
disks, otherwise the needle may not be threaded.  
Release the needle threader lever.  
j
m
n
→ The thread passes through the eye of the needle.  
Carefully pull the end of thread that was  
passed through the eye of the needle.  
Note  
Do not pull the thread strongly. Otherwise, the needle  
may bend or break.  
a
* If a loop was formed in the thread passed through the eye  
of the needle, carefully pull on the loop of thread through  
to the back of the needle.  
a Groove in thread guide  
Pull the thread up through the thread cutter  
k
to cut the thread, as shown in the illustration.  
a
Pull out about 100 mm (approx. 3-4 inches) of  
the thread, and then pass it under the presser  
foot toward the rear of the machine.  
a Thread cutter  
o
Note  
When using thread that quickly winds off the spool,  
such as metallic thread, it may be difficult to thread the  
needle if the thread is cut.  
Therefore, instead of using the thread cutter, pull out  
about 80 mm (approx. 3 inches) of thread after  
passing it through the thread guide disks (marked “7”).  
a
a 100 mm  
a
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to lower  
the presser foot before starting to sew.  
p
a 80 mm or more  
Memo  
This completes the upper threading procedure.  
Lower the needle threader lever slowly until it  
clicks.  
l
* The hook is rotated and passes through the eye of the  
needle.  
Note  
• The needle threader can be used with home sewing  
machine needles 75/11 through 100/16. For details  
on appropriate needle and thread combinations, see  
“Fabric/Thread/Needle Combinations” on page 36.  
• If automatic needle threading could not be  
completed correctly, repeat the procedure, starting  
with the needle bar thread guide (marked “6”).  
Note  
• If the needle threader lever is lowered quickly, the  
needle may not be threaded.  
• Make sure that no objects, such as the fabric, are  
touching the hook.  
• Some needles cannot be threaded with the needle  
threader. In this case, instead of using the needle  
threader after passing the thread through the needle  
bar thread guide (marked “6”), manually pass the  
thread through the eye of the needle from the front.  
b
a
a Hook  
b Needle thread lever  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
Pass the thread through the needle bar thread  
guide, and then thread the needle on the left  
side.  
c
Using the Twin Needle  
Using the twin needle, you can sew two parallel lines of  
the same stitch. Although the same bobbin thread is  
used, interesting patterns can be sewn by threading  
each needle with a different color of thread. Both upper  
threads should have the same thickness and quality.  
The twin needle can only be used with patterns where  
1
a
appears when they are selected. Check the  
“STITCH SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual  
for patterns that can be used with the twin needle.  
a Needle bar thread guide  
Set the supplemental spool pin in the “up”  
position.  
d
CAUTION  
a
•
•
Use only twin needles made for this machine (part  
code X59296-151). Other needles could break,  
resulting in damage.  
Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the  
twin needle. Using the twin needle while the  
machine is in single needle mode could cause the  
needle to break, resulting in damage.  
a Supplemental spool pin  
•
•
Do not sew with bent needles. The needle could  
break and cause injury.  
When using the twin needle, be sure to use presser  
foot “J”. In case bunched stitches may occur, use the  
presser foot “N”.  
Place the additional spool of thread on the  
supplemental spool pin so that the thread  
unwinds from the front. Then, slide the spool  
cap as far as possible onto the supplemental  
spool pin to secure the thread spool.  
e
Press  
, and then install the twin  
a
needle (see “CHANGING THE NEEDLE” on  
page 34).  
a
b
c
a Spool cap  
b Supplemental spool pin  
c Thread spool  
Thread the machine for the first needle  
according to the procedure for threading a  
single needle (see “Upper Threading” on page  
28).  
b
While holding the thread from the spool in  
your right hand, hold the end of the thread  
with your left hand, and then pass the thread  
through the thread guide.  
f
* Do not pass the thread through the bobbin winding thread  
guide.  
a
b
a Bobbin winding thread guide  
b Thread guide  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOWER/UPPER THREADING  
While holding the thread from the spool with  
Press  
needle sewing.  
* The stitch width becomes narrower than with single needle  
sewing.  
to select the setting for twin  
g
k
both hands, pull the thread through the lower  
notch in the thread guide plate, then through  
the upper notch. Hold the end of the thread  
with your left hand, and then guide the thread  
through the groove, following the arrows in  
the illustration.  
a
a
a Single needle/twin needle setting  
→
appears.  
a Shutter  
CAUTION  
Without passing the thread through the  
needle bar thread guide, thread the needle on  
the right side.  
h
•
Be sure to set the twin needle mode when using the  
twin needle. Using the twin needle while the  
machine is in single needle mode could cause the  
needle to break, resulting in damage.  
Press the “Start/Stop” button after lowering  
the presser foot lever.  
l
a
Memo  
To change the sewing direction with the twin needle,  
raise the needle from the fabric, raise the presser foot  
lever, and then turn the fabric.  
a Needle bar thread guide  
Note  
The needle threader cannot be used. Manually pass the  
thread through the eye of the needle from the front. If the  
needle threader is used, damage to the machine may  
result.  
Press  
, or press  
in the  
i
j
screen.  
Select a stitch pattern.  
Note  
If  
appears as  
after a stitch is selected,  
the twin needle cannot be used with the selected  
stitch.  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT  
CHANGING THE PRESSER FOOT  
1
CAUTION  
•
Always press  
in the operation panel before changing the presser foot. If  
is not pressed and the  
“Start/Stop” button or another button is pressed, the machine will start and may cause injury.  
Always use the correct presser foot for the selected stitch pattern. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle may  
strike the presser foot and bend or break, and may cause injury.  
•
•
Only use presser feet made for this machine. Using other presser feet may lead to accident or injury.  
Raise the presser foot lever.  
c
Removing the Presser Foot  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise  
the needle.  
a
Press the black button on the presser foot  
holder to remove the presser foot.  
d
a
Press  
.
b
b
a Black button  
b Presser foot holder  
Attaching the Presser Foot  
Place the presser foot under the holder,  
a
aligning the pin on the foot with the notch in  
the holder, and then lower the presser foot  
lever so that the presser foot pin snaps into  
the notch in the holder.  
→ The screen changes, and all keys and operation  
buttons are locked.  
a
b
a Notch  
b Pin  
Press  
screen.  
, or press  
in the  
b
c
→ All keys and operation buttons are unlocked, and  
the previous screen is displayed.  
Raise the presser foot lever.  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE  
CAUTION  
•
Always press  
in the operation panel before changing the needle. If  
is not pressed and the “Start/  
Stop” button or another operation button is pressed accidentally, the machine will start and injury may result.  
Use only sewing machine needles made for home use. Other needles may bend or break and may cause injury.  
Never sew with a bent needle. A bent needle will easily break and may cause injury.  
•
•
Press  
.
■ Checking the Needle  
b
Place the flat side of the needle on a flat surface  
(such as the needle plate or a piece of glass) and  
check that the gap between the needle and the flat  
surface is even.  
Note  
Never use bent or blunt needles.  
a
b
a Even gap  
b Flat surface (bobbin cover, glass, etc.)  
→ The screen changes, and all keys and operation  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise  
the needle.  
a
buttons are locked.  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE  
Use the included screwdriver to turn the  
needle clamp screw toward the front of the  
machine to loosen it, and then remove the  
needle.  
c
1
Note  
Do not apply extreme force when loosening or  
tightening the needle clamp screw, otherwise damage  
to the machine may result.  
With the flat side of the needle facing the  
back, insert the new needle until it touches  
the needle stopper. Use the screwdriver to  
securely tighten the needle clamp screw.  
d
a
b
c
a Needle stopper  
b Hole for setting the needle  
c Flat side of needle  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to push in the needle until it touches the  
stopper, and securely tighten the needle clamp  
screw with a screwdriver. If the needle is not  
completely inserted or the needle clamp screw is  
loose, the needle may break or the machine may be  
damaged.  
Press  
, or press  
in the  
e
screen.  
→ All keys and operation buttons are unlocked, and  
the previous screen is displayed.  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE NEEDLE  
■ About the Needle  
The sewing machine needle is probably the most important part of the sewing machine. Choosing the proper  
needle for your sewing project will result in a beautiful finish and fewer problems. Below are some things to keep  
in mind about needles.  
• The smaller the needle number, the finer the needle. As the numbers increase, the needles get thicker.  
• Use fine needles with lightweight fabrics, and thicker needles with heavyweight fabrics.  
• To avoid skipped stitches, use ball point needle (gold colored) 90/14 with stretch fabrics.  
• To avoid skipped stitches, use ball point needle (gold colored) 90/14 when sewing character or decorative  
stitches.  
• Use needle 75/11 for embroidery. Ball point needles (gold colored) 90/14 are not recommended for  
embroidery, as they may bend or break, causing injury.  
• It is recommended that a 90/14 needle should be used when embroidering on heavyweight fabrics or  
stabilizing products (for example, denim, puffy foam, etc.). A 75/11 needle may bend or break, which could  
result in injury.  
• A home sewing machine needle 75/11 is inserted in the sewing machine.  
■ Fabric/Thread/Needle Combinations  
The following table provides information concerning the appropriate thread and needle for various fabrics.  
Please refer to this table when selecting a thread and needle for the fabric you wish to use.  
Fabric  
Thread  
Size of needle  
Type  
Size  
60 - 80  
60 - 80  
50  
Medium weight fabric  
Lightweight fabric  
Heavyweight fabric  
Broadcloth  
Taffeta  
Cotton  
Synthetic mercerized  
75/11 - 90/14  
Flannel, Gabardine Silk or silk finished  
Lawn, Batiste  
Georgette  
Challis, Satin  
Denim  
Cotton  
60 - 80  
60 - 80  
50  
65/9 - 75/11  
Synthetic mercerized  
Silk  
Cotton  
30 - 50  
50  
90/14 - 100/16  
Corduroy  
Tweed  
Synthetic mercerized  
Silk  
50  
Stretch fabric  
Jersey  
Thread for knits  
50 - 60  
Ball point needle  
(gold colored)  
75/11 - 90/14  
Tricot  
For top stitching  
Synthetic mercerized  
Silk  
30  
30  
90/14 - 100/16  
Memo  
For transparent nylon thread, always use needle 90/14 - 100/16.  
The same thread is usually used for the bobbin thread and upper threading.  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to follow the needle, thread, and fabric combinations listed in the table. Using an improper combination,  
especially a heavyweight fabric (i.e., denim) with a small needle (i.e., 65/9 - 75/11), may cause the needle to bend or  
break, and lead to injury. Also, the seam may be uneven, the fabric may pucker, or the machine may skip stitches.  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
2
Sewing Basics  
SEWING ..............................................................................................38  
Sewing a Stitch........................................................................................................38  
■ Using the Foot Controller................................................................................................39  
■ Using the Knee Lifter.......................................................................................................40  
Sewing Reinforcement Stitches ...............................................................................40  
Sewing Curves.........................................................................................................40  
Changing Sewing Direction.....................................................................................40  
■ Sewing a Seam Allowance of 0.5 cm or Less ...................................................................40  
Sewing Heavyweight Fabric ....................................................................................41  
■ If the Fabric Does Not Fit Under the Presser Foot...........................................................41  
■ If the Fabric Does Not Feed ............................................................................................41  
Sewing Lightweight Fabric ......................................................................................41  
ADJUSTING STITCH SETTINGS ..........................................................42  
Adjusting the Stitch Width ......................................................................................42  
Adjusting the Stitch Length .....................................................................................42  
Adjusting the Thread Tension..................................................................................43  
■ Correct Thread Tension...................................................................................................43  
■ Upper Thread Is Too Tight ..............................................................................................43  
■ Upper Thread Is Too Loose .............................................................................................43  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS..........................................................................43  
Automatic Reinforcement Stitching ........................................................................43  
Automatic Thread Cutting.......................................................................................44  
Locking the Screen..................................................................................................45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING  
SEWING  
CAUTION  
•
To avoid injury, pay special attention to the needle while the machine is in operation. Keep your hands away from  
moving parts while the machine is in operation.  
•
•
•
Do not stretch or pull the fabric during sewing. Doing so may lead to injury.  
Do not use bent or broken needles. Doing so may lead to injury.  
Take care that the needle does not strike basting pins or other objects during sewing. Otherwise, the needle may break  
and cause injury.  
•
If stitches become bunched, lengthen the stitch length setting before continuing sewing. Otherwise, the needle may  
break and cause injury.  
Place the fabric under the presser foot, hold  
d
Sewing a Stitch  
the fabric and thread ends with your left  
hand, and then turn the handwheel to lower  
the needle into the fabric at the starting point  
of the stitching.  
* The black button on the left side of presser foot “J” should  
be pressed only if the fabric does not feed or when sewing  
thick seams. Normally, you can sew without pressing the  
black button.  
Turn on the machine, and then press the  
“Needle Position” button to raise the needle.  
a
Select a stitch pattern.  
b
Lower the presser foot lever.  
e
Memo  
You can start sewing without pulling up the bobbin  
thread.  
Slide the sewing speed controller to adjust the  
sewing speed.  
→ The symbol for the correct presser foot appears in  
f
the upper-left corner of the LCD.  
Install the presser foot (see “CHANGING THE  
PRESSER FOOT” on page 33).  
Memo  
c
The sewing speed can also be adjusted during sewing.  
CAUTION  
a
b
•
Always use the correct presser foot. If the wrong  
presser foot is used, the needle may strike the presser  
foot and bend or break, possibly resulting in injury.  
a Slow  
b Fast  
Lightly place your hands on the fabric to  
guide it, and then press the “Start/Stop”  
button to start sewing.  
g
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING  
To stop sewing, press the “Start/Stop” button  
again.  
■ Using the Foot Controller  
h
You can also use the foot controller to start and stop  
sewing.  
CAUTION  
•
Do not allow fabric pieces and dust to collect in the  
foot controller. Doing so could cause a fire or an  
electric shock.  
Press the “Thread Cutter” button to trim the  
threads.  
Memo  
2
i
• When the foot controller is being used, the “Start/  
Stop” button has no effect on sewing.  
• The foot controller cannot be used when  
embroidering.  
Insert the foot controller plug into its jack on  
the machine.  
a
→ The needle automatically stops in the raised  
position.  
b
a
CAUTION  
•
•
Do not press the “Thread Cutter” button after the  
threads have been cut. Doing so could tangle the  
thread or break the needle and damage the machine.  
Do not press the “Thread Cutter” button when there  
is no fabric set in the machine or during machine  
operation. The thread may tangle, possibly resulting  
in damage.  
a Foot controller  
b Foot controller jack  
Slowly press the foot controller to start  
sewing.  
b
Note  
When cutting thread thicker than #30, nylon thread or  
other decorative threads, use the thread cutter on the  
side of the machine.  
Memo  
The speed set using the sewing speed controller is the  
foot controller’s maximum sewing speed.  
Release the foot controller to stop the  
machine.  
c
Memo  
(For U.S.A. only)  
When the needle has stopped moving, raise  
the presser foot and remove the fabric.  
j
Foot controller: Model T  
This foot controller can be used with model NV1500D/  
NV1500.  
Note  
This machine is equipped with a bobbin thread sensor  
that warns you when the bobbin thread is almost  
empty. When the bobbin thread is nearly empty, the  
machine stops automatically and a message appears  
in the screen. When this message appears, change  
the bobbin with one full of thread. However, if the  
“Start/Stop” button is pressed, a few stitches can be  
sewn.  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING  
■ Using the Knee Lifter  
Sewing Reinforcement Stitches  
Using the knee lifter, you can raise and lower the  
presser foot with your knee, leaving both hands free  
to handle the fabric.  
Generally stitching must be secured at the beginning  
and end with reverse/reinforcement stitches. Press the  
“Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button to sew reverse/  
reinforcement stitches.  
Align the tabs on the knee lifter with the  
a
notches in the jack, and then insert the knee  
lifter as far as possible.  
Depending on the selected stitch pattern, reverse or  
reinforcement stitches are sewn while the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button is kept pressed. With  
reinforcement stitches, 3 to 5 stitches are sewn at the  
same place. With reverse stitches, the stitching is sewn  
at a low speed in the opposite direction.  
In addition, this machine can be set to sew  
reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches)  
automatically. For details, see “Automatic  
Reinforcement Stitching” on page 43.  
Note  
If the knee lifter is not pushed into the mounting slot as  
far as possible, it may come out during use.  
Use your knee to move the knee lifter to the  
b
right in order to raise the presser foot. Release  
the knee lifter to lower the presser foot.  
Sewing Curves  
Sew slowly while keeping the seam parallel with the  
fabric edge as you guide the fabric around the curve.  
Note  
When the presser foot is in raised position, move the  
knee lifter further to the right for the presser foot to  
lower.  
Changing Sewing Direction  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to keep your knee away from the knee lifter  
during sewing. If the knee lifter is pushed during  
machine operation, the needle may break or the  
thread tension may loosen.  
Stop the machine with the needle in the fabric at the  
point where you want to change the sewing direction,  
and then raise the presser foot lever. Using the needle  
as a pivot, turn the fabric, lower the presser foot lever,  
and then continue sewing.  
■
Sewing a Seam Allowance of 0.5 cm or Less  
Baste the corner before sewing, and then, after  
changing the sewing direction at the corner, pull the  
basting thread toward the back while sewing.  
a
a 0.5 cm  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING  
While keeping the black button on the left  
side of presser foot “J” pressed in, lower the  
presser foot lever.  
b
Sewing Heavyweight Fabric  
■ If the Fabric Does Not Fit Under the Presser  
Foot  
The presser foot lever can be raised to two different  
positions. If the fabric is too thick to fit under the  
presser foot, raise the presser foot lever to its highest  
position so that the fabric can be placed under the  
presser foot.  
* The presser foot remains level, enabling the fabric to be  
fed. Once the trouble spot has been sewn, the presser foot  
will return to its normal operation.  
2
Memo  
If the fabric cannot be smoothly placed under the  
presser foot, select the presser foot height higher on  
the setting screen (see page 20).  
CAUTION  
•
Do not forcefully push fabrics more than  
6 mm (approx. 1/4 inch) thick through the sewing  
machine. This may cause the needle to break and  
cause injury.  
The default is 7.5 mm from the needle plate when the  
presser foot is raised.  
■ If the Fabric Does Not Feed  
If the fabric does not feed when starting to sew or  
when sewing thick seams, press the black button on  
the left side of presser foot “J”.  
Sewing Lightweight Fabric  
Iron the fabric with starch or place thin paper or tear  
away embroidery stabilizer under thin fabrics to make  
sewing easier. Gently tear off the paper or the stabilizer  
after sewing.  
Raise the presser foot lever.  
a
a
a Thin paper  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADJUSTING STITCH SETTINGS  
ADJUSTING STITCH SETTINGS  
When a stitch is selected, the most appropriate stitch width, stitch length, and upper thread tension are  
automatically set. However, if needed, you can change any of the settings as described in this section.  
Note  
• Settings for some stitches cannot be changed (See the “STITCH SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual).  
• If a stitch setting is changed, but not saved, the stitch setting returns to its default when the machine is turned off or a  
different stitch is selected.  
Adjusting the Stitch Width  
Adjusting the Stitch Length  
The stitch width (zigzag width) can be adjusted to make  
the stitch wider or narrower.  
The stitch length can be adjusted to make the stitch  
coarser or finer.  
Each press of  
makes the stitch finer (shorter).  
Memo  
If the foot controller is connected, the sewing speed  
controller can be used to adjust the zigzag width (see  
page 64).  
Each press of  
makes the zigzag stitch narrower.  
Each press of  
makes the stitch coarser (longer).  
Each press of  
makes the zigzag stitch wider.  
Press  
to return the setting to its default.  
CAUTION  
•
If the stitches get bunched together, lengthen the  
stitch length and continue sewing. Do not continue  
sewing without lengthening the stitch length.  
Otherwise, the needle may break and cause injury.  
Press  
to return the setting to its default.  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS  
■ Upper Thread Is Too Tight  
Adjusting the Thread Tension  
If the bobbin thread can be seen on the surface of  
the fabric, press . Each press of the key reduces  
the setting and makes the thread tension more loose.  
The default thread tension, which is automatically set,  
can normally be used regardless of the type of thread or  
fabric being sewn. However, with some fabric and  
thread combinations, the thread tension may need to be  
adjusted.  
a
d
b
c
a Surface of fabric  
b Upper thread  
c Bobbin thread  
d Locks appear on the surface of the fabric.  
2
■ Correct Thread Tension  
The upper thread and the bobbin thread should  
cross near the center of the fabric. If the thread  
tension is incorrectly set, the seam may have a poor  
finish or the fabric may pucker.  
■ Upper Thread Is Too Loose  
If the upper thread can be seen on the wrong side of  
the fabric, press  
. Each press of the key increases  
a
the setting and makes the thread tension tighter.  
b
a
b
c
d
c
d
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Surface of fabric  
c Upper thread  
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Locks appear on the wrong side of the fabric.  
c Upper thread  
d Bobbin thread  
d Bobbin thread  
Press  
to return the setting to its default.  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS  
Automatic Reinforcement Stitching  
After selecting a stitch pattern, turn on the automatic  
reinforcement stitching setting before sewing, and the  
machine will automatically sew reinforcement stitches  
(or reverse stitches, depending on the stitch pattern) at  
the beginning and end of sewing.  
Select a stitch pattern.  
a
Press  
to select the automatic  
b
reinforcement/reverse stitching setting.  
Memo  
The automatic reinforcement/reverse stitching setting  
is already selected with some stitches, such as  
buttonholes and bar tacks.  
→ The key appears as  
.
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS  
Place the fabric under the presser foot with the  
Press  
to select the automatic thread  
c
b
needle at the starting point of the stitching, and  
then press the “Start/Stop” button. The  
machine will automatically sew reverse stitches  
(or reinforcement stitches), and then begin  
sewing.  
cutting setting.  
a
a Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches)  
Memo  
If you press the “Start/Stop” button to pause sewing,  
then press it again to continue, reverse stitches (or  
reinforcement stitches) will not be sewn.  
→ The key appears as  
.
Place the fabric under the presser foot with the  
needle at the starting point of the stitching, and  
then press the “Start/Stop” button. The  
machine will automatically sew reverse stitches  
(or reinforcement stitches), and then begin  
sewing.  
c
If the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button  
is pressed, the machine automatically sews  
reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches),  
then stops.  
d
a
a
a Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches)  
a Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches)  
Memo  
Memo  
To cancel the automatic reverse/reinforcement  
If you press the “Start/Stop” button to pause sewing,  
then press it again to continue, reverse stitches (or  
reinforcement stitches) will not be sewn.  
stitching setting, press  
as  
again so that it appears  
.
If the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button  
is pressed, the machine automatically sews  
reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches),  
then cuts the thread.  
d
Automatic Thread Cutting  
If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected before  
sewing, the machine will automatically sew  
reinforcement stitches (or reverse stitches, depending  
on the selected stitch pattern) and cut the thread when  
the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed at  
the end of stitching. This is useful when sewing  
buttonholes and bar tacks.  
Memo  
a
• The automatic thread cutting setting can be selected  
when the automatic reinforcement/reverse stitching  
setting is selected.  
a Reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches)  
• The automatic thread cutting setting is already  
selected with embroidery patterns.  
Memo  
To cancel the automatic thread cutting setting, press  
again so that it appears as  
.
Select a stitch pattern.  
a
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS  
Locking the Screen  
If the screen is locked before starting to sew, the various  
settings, such as the stitch width and stitch length, are  
locked and cannot be changed. This prevents screen  
settings from accidentally being changed or the  
machine from being stopped while large pieces of  
fabric or other projects are being sewn. The screen can  
be locked while sewing utility stitches and character/  
decorative stitches.  
Select a stitch pattern.  
a
2
If necessary, adjust any settings, such as the  
stitch width and stitch length.  
b
Press  
.
c
→ The key appears as  
.
Sewing begins.  
d
e
When you are finished sewing, press  
unlock the screen.  
to  
Note  
• When the screen is locked (  
), no key other than  
keys can be  
and the  
operated. To select a different stitch pattern or change  
the settings, press  
so that it appears as  
to unlock the screen.  
• When the screen is locked, pressing any of the  
keys unlocks the screen.  
• The screen is unlocked when the machine is turned  
off.  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USEFUL FUNCTIONS  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
3
Utility Stitches  
■ Hemstitching (3) (Drawn Work (2)) .....................73  
Buttonhole Stitches...........................................74  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH ...........48  
■ Stitch Selection Screens .......................................48  
Selecting a Stitch Pattern.................................. 49  
■ Using the Mirror Image Key.................................49  
Saving Stitch Settings........................................ 49  
■ Sewing Stretch Fabrics .........................................77  
■ Buttons That Do Not Fit into the Button Holder  
Plate .....................................................................77  
■ Darning ................................................................78  
Bar Tacks ..........................................................79  
Using the Sewing Type Selection Key........................ 50  
■ Bar Tacks on Thick Fabrics...................................80  
Button Sewing...................................................81  
SEWING THE STITCHES......................51  
■ Attaching a 4-Hole Button....................................82  
■ Attaching a Button with a Shank ..........................82  
Eyelets...............................................................82  
Straight Stitches................................................ 51  
■ Changing the Needle Position  
(Left or Middle Needle Position Stitches Only) ....52  
■ Basting .................................................................53  
Darts Seams...................................................... 53  
Multi-Directional Sewing (Straight Stitch and  
Zigzag Stitch) ............................................................83  
Zipper Insertion................................................84  
■ Centered Zipper ...................................................84  
■ Side Zipper...........................................................85  
Gathering ......................................................... 54  
Flat Fell Seams.................................................. 54  
Pintucks............................................................ 55  
Zigzag Stitches ................................................. 56  
■ Overcasting..........................................................56  
■ Appliqués .............................................................56  
■ Patchwork (Crazy Quilts).....................................57  
■ Sewing Curves......................................................57  
Elastic Zigzag Stitches ...................................... 57  
■ Tape attaching......................................................57  
■ Overcasting..........................................................57  
Overcasting...................................................... 58  
■ Overcasting Using Presser Foot “G” ....................58  
■ Overcasting Using Presser Foot “J”......................59  
■ Overcasting Using the Side Cutter .......................60  
Quilting............................................................ 62  
■ Piecing .................................................................62  
■ Quilting................................................................63  
■ Appliqués .............................................................63  
■ Satin Stitching ......................................................64  
■ Free-motion Quilting............................................65  
Blind Hem Stitches........................................... 66  
■ If the Needle Does Not Catch the Fold ................67  
■ If the Needle Catches Too Much of the Fold........67  
Appliqués ......................................................... 67  
■ Sewing Sharp Curves............................................68  
Shell Tuck Stitching.......................................... 68  
Scalloping......................................................... 68  
Top Stitching .................................................... 69  
Smocking.......................................................... 69  
Fagoting............................................................ 70  
Tape or Elastic Attaching.................................. 71  
Heirloom Stitching ........................................... 72  
■ Hemstitching (1) (Daisy Stitch) ............................72  
■ Hemstitching (2) (Drawn Work (1)).....................72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH  
■ Stitch Selection Screens  
Press  
to display the previous or next page.  
Straight/Overcasting/Quilting Stitches  
Decorative Stitches  
Heirloom Stitches  
Buttonholes/Bar tacks  
Multi-Directional Sewing  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH  
Selecting a Stitch Pattern  
Saving Stitch Settings  
This machine is preset with the default settings for the  
stitch width (zigzag width), stitch length, thread tension,  
automatic thread cutting, automatic reverse/  
Turn on the machine, and then lightly press  
the display.  
a
reinforcement stitching, etc. However, if you wish to  
save specific settings for a stitch so that they can be  
→ Depending on the setting, either "1-01 Straight stitch  
(Left)" or "1-03 Straight stitch (Middle)" is  
automatically selected.  
used later, press  
after changing the settings to  
save the new settings with the selected stitch.  
Example: Using a stitch length of 2.0 mm for the  
Press  
to display a screen  
b
straight stitch  
of the stitches in the selected category, and  
then select a stitch pattern.  
Select a straight stitch.  
a
* If a different screen is displayed, press  
.
Memo  
3
The default stitch length is 2.5 mm.  
Set the stitch length to 2.0 mm.  
b
→ An image of the selected stitch pattern is displayed  
below the symbol of the appropriate presser foot.  
Memo  
Press  
.
c
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
* To reset the selected stitch pattern to its default  
settings, press , and then press  
.
■ Using the Mirror Image Key  
Press  
so that it appears as  
. A mirror  
image of the selected stitch pattern is created.  
Note  
If  
appears as  
after a stitch (buttonholes,  
multi-directional sewing patterns, etc.) is selected, a  
mirror image of the selected stitch cannot be created.  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING A UTILITY STITCH  
Press  
.
b
Memo  
• The next time that the same straight stitch is  
selected, the stitch length is set to 2.0 mm.  
• All stitch settings (stitch width (zigzag width), stitch  
length, thread tension, automatic thread cutting, and  
automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching) are  
saved, not just the setting that was changed. When  
the same stitch pattern is selected, the last settings  
saved are displayed even if the machine was turned  
off. If the settings are changed again and  
is  
pressed, or if is pressed to reset the setting  
to its default, the new settings are not saved unless  
is pressed another time.  
→ The upper part of the screen displays a selection of  
overcasting stitches with explanations.  
Using the Sewing Type Selection Key  
Read the descriptions, and then select the  
appropriate stitch.  
c
* Press  
or  
to scroll the page.  
By pressing  
, a utility stitch can also be selected  
according to its desired use. When you are not sure  
which stitch to select for your application or when you  
need information on how certain stitches are used,  
press  
, select the appropriate stitch for your  
project, and then follow the instructions to sew the  
selected stitch.  
We recommend that beginners use this method to  
select stitches.  
Example: Displaying information about  
overcasting  
Press  
.
a
→ The screen displays directions for sewing the  
selected stitch.  
Follow the directions to sew the stitch.  
d
* Press  
to display the next page.  
→ The advice screen is displayed.  
When you have finished sewing, press  
.
e
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Straight Stitches  
Note  
When using the twin needle (see page 31), be sure to attach presser foot “J”.  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Stitch Name  
Presser  
Foot  
Applications  
Twin  
needle  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
Straight stitch (Left)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while 0.0  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
3
pressing “Reverse/  
(0)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch (Left)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn 0.0  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
while pressing “Reverse/  
(0)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch  
(Middle)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while 3.5  
pressing “Reverse/  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch  
(Middle)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn 3.5  
while pressing “Reverse/  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Triple stretch stitch  
Stretch stitch  
General sewing for  
reinforcement and decorative  
topstitching  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Reinforced stitching, sewing and  
decorative applications  
1.0  
(1/16)  
1.0 - 3.0  
(1/16 - 1/8)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative stitch  
Basting stitch  
Decorative stitching, top  
stitching  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Basting  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
20.0  
5.0 - 30.0  
NO  
(3/4) (3/16 - 1-3/16)  
.
J
J
a
b
a
b
a Left needle position  
a Reverse stitch  
b Middle needle position  
b Reinforcement stitch  
Memo  
“
” at the beginning of the stitch shown on the key indicates that reverse stitches are sewn when the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed. “ ” at the beginning of the stitch shown on the key indicates that reinforcement  
stitches are sewn when the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed.  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Select a stitch pattern.  
At the end of the stitching, hold the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button pressed to sew  
reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches).  
a
f
Press the “Thread Cutter” button to trim the  
threads.  
g
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically sew  
reverse stitches (or reinforcement stitches) at the  
beginning of stitching. When the “Reverse/  
Attach presser foot “J”.  
b
Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed at the end of  
stitching, the machine will automatically sew reverse  
stitches (or reinforcement stitches) and cut the thread.  
Hold the thread ends and the fabric with your  
c
left hand, and turn the handwheel toward you  
with your right hand to insert the needle into  
the fabric at the starting point of the stitching.  
■ Changing the Needle Position (Left or  
Middle Needle Position Stitches Only)  
When you select left or middle needle position  
a
a Starting point of stitching  
stitches, you can use  
and  
in the stitch  
Lower the presser foot lever.  
d
width display to change the position of the needle.  
Match the distance from the right edge of the presser  
foot to the needle with the stitch width, then align  
the edge of the presser foot with the edge of the  
fabric during sewing for an attractive finish.  
Hold the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
e
button pressed to sew reverse stitches (or  
reinforcement stitches), and then press the  
“Start/Stop” button to start sewing slowly.  
a
a
a Stitch width  
a Reverse stitches  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure the needle does not strike a basting pin, or  
any other objects, during sewing. The thread could  
tangle or the needle could break, causing injury.  
J
J
J
J
12.0 mm  
(approx.  
1/2 inch)  
8.5 mm  
(approx.  
11/32 inch)  
6.5 mm  
(approx.  
1/4 inch)  
5.0 mm  
(approx.  
3/16 inch)  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Darts Seams  
Memo  
For a standard 16 mm (approx. 5/8 inch) seam  
allowance, set the width to 0 mm on the screen. While  
sewing, align the edge of the fabric with the 16mm  
(approx. 5/8 inch) mark on the needle plate.  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “J”.  
a
b
Press the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button to sew reverse stitches at the  
beginning of the stitching, and then sew from  
the wide end to the other end without  
stretching the fabric.  
J
* If the automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching  
setting is selected before sewing, reverse stitches  
will be sewn at the beginning of the stitching.  
a
a 16 mm (approx. 5/8 inch)  
a
■ Basting  
3
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “J”.  
a
b
Press the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button to sew reinforcement stitches at the  
beginning of the stitching.  
a Basting  
Without sewing reverse stitches at the end of  
the stitching, pull out 50 mm (approx. 1-15/  
16 inches) of the threads, cut them, and then  
tie the two ends together.  
c
Memo  
The stitch length can be set between 5 mm and 30 mm  
(approx. 3/16 and 1-3/16 inches).  
Insert the ends of the thread into the dart  
with a sewing needle.  
a
d
a Between 5 mm (approx. 3/16 inch) and 30 mm  
(approx. 1-3/16 inches)  
Sew while lightly guiding the fabric.  
c
Iron the dart to one side.  
e
Memo  
This is easy to do if the foot controller is used  
( see page 39).  
End the basting with reinforcement stitches.  
d
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Pull the bobbin threads to create the desired  
amount of gathering, and then tie the threads.  
e
Gathering  
Sew gathers on sleeves, the waist of a gathered skirt,  
etc.  
Select a straight stitch, and then attach  
presser foot “J”.  
a
Smooth the gathers by ironing them.  
f
Sew along the seam line, and then remove the  
basting stitch.  
g
Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (approx.  
3/16 inch) and the thread tension to 2.0  
(weaker tension).  
b
Flat Fell Seams  
Use flat fell seams to reinforce seams and finish edges  
neatly.  
Memo  
If you press  
, then  
, the stitch  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “J”.  
a
b
length is automatically set to 4.0 mm (approx. 3/16  
inch) and the thread tension is automatically set to 2.0.  
With the surfaces of the two pieces of fabric  
facing each other, sew the seam line, and then  
cut off half the seam allowance from the side  
on which the flat fell seam will lie.  
Pull out 50 mm (approx. 1-15/16 inches) of  
both the upper and bobbin threads (see  
“Pulling Up the Bobbin Thread” on page 27).  
c
* If the automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching and  
automatic thread cutting settings are selected before  
sewing, reverse stitches will automatically be sewn  
at the beginning and end of the stitching and the  
thread will be cut.  
a
a
b
c
a Upper thread  
b Bobbin thread  
c 50 mm (approx. 1-15/16 inches)  
b
a About 12 mm (approx. 1/2 inch)  
b Wrong side of fabric  
Sew a row of straight stitches along each side  
of the seam line, pull out 50 mm  
(1-15/16 inches) of the upper and bobbin  
threads, and then cut the threads.  
d
Spread out the fabric along the seam line.  
c
b
a
c
a
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Seam line  
b
a 10 to 15 mm (approx. 3/8 to 9/16 inch)  
b Seam line  
c 50 mm (approx. 1-15/16 inches)  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Lay both seam allowances on the side of the  
shorter one (cut seam allowance) and iron  
them flat.  
d
Pintucks  
Use pin tucks to decorate blouses.  
a
Mark the positions of the folds on the wrong  
side of the fabric.  
a
a Wrong side of fabric  
a
Fold the longer seam allowance around the  
shorter one, and then sew along the edge of  
the fold.  
e
a Wrong side of fabric  
Turn the fabric over, and then iron only the  
folds with the tip of the iron.  
b
3
a
a
a
a Wrong side of fabric  
Finished flat fell seam  
a Surface of fabric  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “I”.  
c
d
a
a
Attach the pin on the right side of presser foot  
“I” to the presser foot holder, and then sew  
along the folds.  
* If the automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching and  
automatic thread cutting settings are selected before  
sewing, reverse stitches will automatically be sewn  
at the beginning and end of the stitching and the  
thread will be cut.  
a Surface of fabric  
c
b
a
I
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Surface of fabric  
c Width of pin tuck  
Iron the folds in the same direction.  
e
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Zigzag Stitches  
Zigzag stitches are useful for a variety of applications, including overcasting and sewing appliqués and patchwork.  
Note  
When using the twin needle (see page 31), be sure to attach presser foot “J”.  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Zigzag stitch (Middle)  
For overcasting, mending.  
Reverse stitch is sewn while  
pressing “Reverse/  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
OK  
( J )  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Zigzag stitch (Middle)  
For overcasting, mending.  
Reinforcement stitch is sewn  
while pressing “Reverse/  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
OK  
( J )  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Zigzag stitch (Right)  
Zigzag stitch (Left)  
Start from right needle position,  
zigzag sew at left.  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
1.4  
0.3 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Start from left needle position,  
zigzag sew at right.  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
1.4  
0.3 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Select a stitch, and then attach presser foot  
“J”.  
■ Overcasting  
a
Sew while making sure that the needle drops slightly  
off the edge of the fabric.  
a
a Needle drop point  
■ Appliqués  
Attach the appliqué using a temporary spray  
adhesive or basting, and then sew along the edge of  
the appliqué, making sure that the needle drops  
slightly off the edge.  
Memo  
“
“ at the beginning of the stitch shown on the key  
indicates that reverse stitches are sewn when the  
“Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed. “  
at the beginning of the stitch shown on the key  
indicates that reinforcement stitches are sewn when  
“
the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed.  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
■ Patchwork (Crazy Quilts)  
■ Sewing Curves  
Turn back the desired width of fabric, place it over a  
different piece of fabric, and then sew the two fabric  
pieces together so the stitching bridges both pieces.  
Shorten the stitch length setting to obtain a fine  
stitch. Sew slowly, keeping the seams parallel with  
the fabric edge as you guide the fabric around the  
curve.  
Elastic Zigzag Stitches  
3
Use elastic zigzag stitches for a wide variety of applications, including overcasting, tape attaching, and darning.  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
2 step elastic zigzag  
Overcasting (medium weight  
and stretch fabrics), tape and  
elastic  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
3 step elastic zigzag  
Overcasting (medium,  
heavyweight and stretch fabrics),  
tape and elastic  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Select a stitch, and then attach presser foot  
“J”.  
■ Tape attaching  
a
Stretch the tape flat. While stretching the tape flat,  
sew the tape to the fabric.  
a
a Elastic tape  
■ Overcasting  
Use this stitch to sew overcasting on the edge of  
stretch fabrics. Sew while making sure that the  
needle drops slightly off the edge of the fabric.  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Overcasting  
Sew overcasting at the beginning and end of seams for skirts or pants, and at the beginning and end of all cuttings.  
Depending on the selected stitch, use presser foot “G” or “J” or the side cutter attachment.  
■ Overcasting Using Presser Foot “G”  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length*  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Overcasting stitch  
Reinforcing of light and medium  
weight fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
2.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Reinforcing of heavyweight  
fabric  
5.0  
2.5 - 5.0 2.5 1.0 - 4.0  
(3/16) (3/32 - 3/16) (3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Reinforcing of medium,  
heavyweight and easily friable  
fabrics or decorative stitching.  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Select a stitch, and then attach presser foot  
“G”.  
a
CAUTION  
•
After the stitch width is adjusted, turn the handwheel  
toward you by hand and check that the needle does  
not touch the presser foot. If the needle hits the  
presser foot, the needle may break and cause injury.  
G
a
a The needle should not touch  
•
If the presser foot is raised to its highest level, the  
needle may strike the presser foot.  
Lower the presser foot so that the presser foot  
guide is flush against the edge of the fabric.  
b
Sew along the presser foot guide.  
c
a
a Presser foot guide  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
■ Overcasting Using Presser Foot “J”  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
Overcasting stitch  
Reinforced seaming of stretch  
fabric  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 9/32)  
2.5  
0.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/32 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Reinforcing of medium stretch  
fabric and heavyweight fabric,  
decorative stitching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 9/32)  
2.5  
0.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/32 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement of stretch fabric  
or decorative stitching  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Stretch knit seam  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Single diamond  
overcast  
Reinforcement and seaming  
stretch fabric  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
3
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Single diamond  
overcast  
Reinforcement of stretch fabric  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.8  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Select a stitch, and then attach presser foot  
“J”.  
a
Sew while making sure that the needle drops  
slightly off the edge of the fabric.  
b
Memo  
For best results when sewing stretch fabrics, decrease  
the pressure of the presser foot.  
a
a Needle drop point  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
■ Overcasting Using the Side Cutter  
By using the side cutter, you can do overcasting while cutting the fabric.  
CAUTION  
•
Make sure to only select one of the stitches listed below. Using another stitch may cause the needle to hit the presser  
foot and break, possibly causing injury.  
Memo  
Thread the needle manually when using the side cutter, or only attach the side cutter after threading the needle using the  
needle threader.  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Presser  
foot  
Twin  
needle  
Stitch  
Stitch name  
Applications  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
With side cutter  
Straight stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 2.5  
(0 - 3/32)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
Zigzag stitch while cutting fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Follow the steps on page 33 to remove the  
presser foot.  
Position the side cutter so that the side cutter  
pin is aligned with the notch in the presser  
foot holder, and then lower the presser foot.  
a
c
Position the fork on the side cutter’s  
operating lever onto the needle clamp screw.  
b
a
b
b
a
a Notch in presser foot holder  
b Pin  
a Needle clamp screw  
b Operating lever  
→ The side cutter is attached.  
Memo  
Make sure that the fork of the operating lever is set  
onto the needle clamp screw firmly.  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Select a stitch.  
Start sewing.  
d
h
→ A seam allowance is cut while the stitching is sewn.  
Note  
If the width has been adjusted, turn the handwheel by  
hand to check that the needle does not touch the side  
cutter. If the needle touches the side cutter, it might  
cause the needle to break.  
Make a cut of approximately 20 mm (approx.  
3/4 inch) in the fabric.  
3
e
■ When Sewing Straight Stitches While Using  
the Side Cutter  
The seam margin should be approximately 5 mm  
(approx. 3/16 inch).  
a
a
a 20 mm (approx. 3/4 inch)  
Position the fabric so that the right side of the  
cut is on top of the guide plate and the left  
side of the cut is underneath the presser foot.  
f
a Seam margin  
Memo  
• The fabric will not be cut if the whole fabric is simply  
spread out underneath the presser foot guide plate.  
Set the fabric as explained in step f from the  
previous section, and then start sewing.  
a
b
a Guide plate (lower knife)  
b Presser foot  
Thread the needle manually and pull out a  
long section of the upper thread. Pass it below  
the presser foot and pull it out in the fabric  
feed direction.  
g
• One layer of 13 oz. denim can be cut.  
• Clean the side cutter after use to avoid having dust  
and scraps of thread build up on it.  
b
• Add a small amount of oil as required to the cutting  
edge of the cutter.  
a
a Presser foot  
b Upper thread  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Quilting  
You can make beautiful quilts quickly and easily with this machine. When making a quilt, you will find it  
convenient to use the knee lifter and foot controller to free your hands for other tasks (see “Using the Foot  
Controller” on page 39 and/or see “Using the Knee Lifter” on page 40).  
Patterns with “P” or “Q” in the lower-right corner of the key are intended for quilting.  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Twin  
needle  
possibi  
lity  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
Piecing stitch (Right)  
Piecework/patchwork  
6.5 mm (approx. 1/4 inch) right  
seam allowance  
5.5  
(7/32)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Piecing stitch (Middle)  
Piecing stitch (Left)  
Piecework/patchwork  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
—
—
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Piecework/patchwork  
6.5 mm (approx. 1/4 inch) left  
seam allowance  
1.5  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Hand-look quilting  
Quilting stitch made to look like  
hand quilting stitch  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Quilting appliqué zigzag  
stitch  
Zigzag stitch for quilting and  
sewing on appliqué quilt pieces  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
Quilting appliqué stitch  
Quilting stippling  
Quilting stitch for invisible  
appliqué or attaching binding  
1.5  
0.5 - 5.0  
1.8  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Background quilting  
7.0  
(1/4)  
1.0 - 7.0  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16 - 1/4) (1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
■ Piecing  
Sewing two pieces of fabric together is called  
piecing. When cutting pieces for quilt blocks, make  
sure the seam allowance is 6.5 mm (approx.  
1/4 inch).  
Stitch width when  
is selected  
a
Memo  
To change the width of the seam allowance, adjust the  
stitch width to change the needle position.  
J
b
a 6.5 mm (approx. 1/14 inch)  
b Align with left side of presser foot.  
Press  
“J”.  
or  
, and then attach presser foot  
a
b
Memo  
• The stitch width refers to the needle position, not the  
width of the seam allowance.  
Sew with the edge of the fabric aligned with  
the side of the presser foot.  
• To change the needle position, press  
in the width display.  
or  
Stitch width when  
is selected  
• After the stitch length and needle position are set as  
desired, the settings can be saved (see page 49).  
a
b
J
a 6.5 mm (approx. 1/4 inch)  
b Align with right side of presser foot.  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Place one hand on each side of the presser  
foot to hold the fabric secure while sewing.  
■ Quilting  
e
Sewing together the quilt top, batting, and backing is  
called quilting. You can sew the quilt with the  
walking foot to keep the quilt top, batting, and  
backing from sliding. The walking foot has a set of  
feed dogs that move together with the feed dogs in  
the needle plate during sewing.  
Memo  
• Sew at slow to medium speed.  
• Do not sew in reverse or use stitches that require  
side ways or reverse feeding.  
• Always check to be sure that your quilting surface is  
securely basted before beginning to sew. Specialized  
machine quilt needles and threads are also available  
for machine quilting.  
Follow the steps on page 33 to remove the  
presser foot.  
a
b
Loosen the screw of the presser foot holder to  
remove the presser foot holder.  
3
■ Appliqués  
The seam will blend in if transparent nylon thread is  
used for the upper thread.  
Set the operation lever of the walking foot so  
that the needle clamp screw is set between  
the fork, and position the walking foot on the  
presser foot bar.  
c
Trace the pattern onto the appliqué fabric,  
a
and then cut around it.  
a
b
d
c
a
a Seam allowance: 3 to 5 mm  
a Operation lever  
b Needle clamp screw  
c Fork  
Cut a piece of thick paper or stabilizer to the  
b
finished size of the appliqué design, place it  
on the back of the appliqué, and then fold  
over the seam allowance using an iron.  
d Presser foot bar  
Lower the presser foot lever. Tighten the  
screw securely with the screwdriver.  
d
Turn the appliqué over, and attach the  
stabilizer with basting pins or a basting stitch.  
c
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “J”.  
d
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Check the needle drop point, and then sew  
Set “WIDTH CONTROL” to “ON”. The  
sewing speed will be adjusted using the foot  
controller.  
e
e
along the edge of the appliqué while making  
sure that the needle drops slightly off the edge  
of the fabric.  
a
a Needle drop point  
CAUTION  
•
Be careful that the needle does not strike a basting  
pin during sewing. Striking a pin can cause the  
needle to break, resulting in injury.  
Press  
.
■ Satin Stitching  
f
g
Use the foot controller to sew with satin stitches. If  
you set the speed control slide to control the stitch  
width, you can make subtle changes in the stitch  
width during sewing.  
While sewing, slide the sewing speed  
controller to adjust the stitch width.  
Memo  
Connect the foot controller (see page 39).  
• Slide the controller to the left to make the width  
narrower. Slide the controller to the right to make the  
width wider.  
a
Press  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “J”.  
in the length display to shorten the  
b
c
• The stitch width is adjusted equally from the center  
needle position.  
stitch length.  
a
b
Memo  
A stitch length between 0.3 and 0.5 mm (approx. 1/64  
and 1/32 inch) is best for satin stitches, although this  
range varies depending on the type of fabric and  
thickness of thread used.  
a Narrower  
b Wider  
When you are finished sewing, set “WIDTH  
CONTROL” back to “OFF”.  
h
Press  
.
d
* Change the sewing speed controller to a stitch width  
controller.  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Lower the feed dog position switch, located at  
■ Free-motion Quilting  
e
the rear of the base of the machine, to  
.
With free-motion quilting, the feed dogs can be  
lowered (using the feed dog position switch) so that  
the fabric can be moved freely in any direction.  
The quilting foot is needed for free-motion quilting.  
We recommend attaching the foot controller and  
sewing at a consistent speed.  
a
Memo  
In order to sew a balanced stitch, it may be necessary  
to lower the upper thread tension (see page 43) or to  
loosen the presser foot pressure on the setting screen  
(see page 20). Test with a scrapped piece.  
b
c
d
a Rear of machine  
b Feed dog position switch  
(as seen from the rear of the machine)  
c Up  
3
d Down  
Select  
.
Use both hands to stretch the fabric taut, and  
then move the fabric at a regular pace in  
order to sew uniform stitches roughly 2.0-2.5  
mm (approx. 1/16 - 3/32 inch) in length.  
a
b
c
f
Remove the presser foot holder (see page 63).  
Align the quilting foot with the lower-left side  
of the presser bar.  
a
Memo  
The pin on the quilting foot should be positioned over  
the needle clamp screw.  
Hold the quilting foot in place with your right  
hand, and then tighten the presser foot holder  
screw using the screwdriver in your left hand.  
d
a Stitch  
→ Reinforcement stitches are sewn at the beginning  
a
and end of sewing.  
c
b
After sewing is finished, raise the feed dog  
g
position switch to  
to raise the feed dogs.  
Reset your machine to normal setting.  
a Pin on quilting foot  
b Presser foot holder screw  
c Needle clamp screw  
Memo  
Normally, the feed dog position switch is in the up  
position.  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to securely tighten the screws with the  
screwdriver. Otherwise, the needle may touch the  
presser foot, causing it to bend or break.  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Blind Hem Stitches  
Select a blind hem stitch to sew the hems or cuffs of dresses, blouses, pants, or skirts.  
Stitch  
Key  
Stitch Name  
Presser  
Foot  
Applications  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Twin  
Needle  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Blind hem stitch  
Blind hem stitch  
Hemming woven fabrics  
Hemming stretch fabric  
2.0  
1.0 - 3.5  
00  
00  
3← − →3  
NO  
NO  
(1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
2.0  
1.0 - 3.5  
3← − →3  
(1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
Select a stitch pattern.  
Fold the fabric again, as shown.  
a
c
Memo  
a
b
For best results when sewing stretch fabrics,  
decrease the pressure of the presser foot.  
c
d
a 5 mm  
b 5 mm  
c Basting  
d Wrong side of fabric  
Attach presser foot “R”, and then lower the  
presser foot so that the presser foot guide is  
flush against the fold of the fabric.  
d
Place the fabric wrong side up, and then fold  
and baste the fabric as shown.  
b
a
b
a
a Presser foot guide  
b Fold  
b
Sew while keeping the fold in the fabric against  
the presser foot guide.  
e
c
a 5 mm  
b Wrong side of fabric  
c Basting  
R
a
b
a Needle position  
b Presser foot guide  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Remove the basting, and then turn over the  
fabric.  
f
Appliqués  
Use a temporary spray adhesive or basting to  
attach the appliqué to the fabric.  
a
b
a
a
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Surface of fabric  
b
Memo  
a Appliqué  
b Fabric glue  
Blind hem stitches cannot be sewn if the needle does  
not catch the fold on the left side. However, if the  
needle catches too much of the fold, the fabric cannot  
be unfolded and too much of the seam will appear on  
the surface of the fabric, leaving an unattractive finish.  
If either of these occur, follow the instructions below to  
correct the problem.  
3
Press  
or  
.
b
Memo  
• Adjust the stitch width and length according to the  
shape, size and fabric quality of the appliqué (see  
page 42).  
■ If the Needle Does Not Catch the Fold  
Press  
in the width display so that the needle  
• For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the  
“STITCH SETTING CHART” at the end of this  
manual.  
slightly catches the fold.  
Attach presser foot “J”, and then sew along  
the edge of the appliqué, making sure that the  
needle drops slightly off the edge.  
c
■ If the Needle Catches Too Much of the Fold  
a
Press  
in the width display so that the needle  
slightly catches the fold.  
a Appliqué  
a
a Needle drop point  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Attach presser foot “J”, and then sew along  
the edge of the fabric, making sure that the  
needle drops slightly off the edge.  
■ Sewing Sharp Curves  
d
Stop the machine with the needle in the fabric  
outside the appliqué. Raise the presser foot and turn  
the fabric a little bit at a time while sewing for an  
attractive finish to the seam.  
Shell Tuck Stitching  
The arched tuck that looks like shells lined up in a row  
is called a shell tuck. In addition to edging, this  
decorative stitching can be used on the neckline or  
sleeves of dresses and blouses.  
a
a Needle drop point  
Press  
.
a
Unfold the fabric, and then iron the tucks  
down to one side.  
e
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Increase the thread tension for an attractive  
scalloped finish to the shell tuck stitching.  
b
Memo  
If the thread tension is too loose, the shell tuck  
stitching will not scallop.  
Scalloping  
Fold the fabric in half along the bias.  
c
Scallop stitching (wave-shaped running stitching) can  
be used to decorate the edges of blouse collars and  
handkerchiefs.  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “N”.  
a
Memo  
ÅB  
• If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically sew  
reinforcement stitches at the beginning of stitching.  
When the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is  
pressed at the end of stitching, the machine will  
automatically sew reinforcement stitches and cut the  
thread.  
Note  
Use a thin fabric.  
• For best results, apply a temporary spray adhesive  
and iron the fabric before sewing.  
• For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the  
“STITCH SETTING CHART” at the end of this  
manual.  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Leave a seam when sewing the scallop  
stitches so that the pattern is not sewn  
directly on the edge of the fabric.  
Turn the fabric over so that the surface faces  
up, and then sew over the seam with the  
center of the presser foot aligned with the  
seam.  
b
c
* Select one of the following stitch patterns.  
Note  
Sew test stitches on the fabric before sewing on your  
project.  
a
a Surface of fabric  
3
Trim along the seam, making sure not to cut  
the stitches.  
Smocking  
c
The decorative stitching created by sewing or  
embroidering over gathers is called smocking. It is used  
to decorate the front of blouses or cuffs.  
Select a straight stitch, and then attach  
presser foot “J”.  
a
Note  
Make sure that the automatic reverse/reinforcement  
stitching and automatic thread cutting settings are not  
selected.  
Top Stitching  
Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (approx.  
3/16 inch) and the thread tension to 2.0  
(weaker tension).  
For a decorative effect in a crazy quilt, stitches can be  
sewn over a pressed seam allowance.  
b
Select a straight stitch, and then attach  
presser foot “J”.  
a
Pull out 50 mm (approx. 1-15/16 inches) of  
both the upper and bobbin threads.  
c
Sew together two pieces of fabric with their  
surfaces facing each other, and then open the  
seam allowances.  
b
Sew stitching 10 mm (approx. 3/8 inch) apart.  
d
a
d
a
b
b
c
a Approximately 10mm (approx. 3/8 inch)  
a 6.5 mm (1/4inch)  
b Wrong side of fabric  
c Straight stitch  
d Seam allowance  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Pull the bobbin threads to create the desired  
amount of gather, and then smooth the  
gathers by ironing them.  
e
Fagoting  
Stitching across an open seam is called fagoting. It is  
used on blouses and children’s clothing.  
Separate the two pieces of fabric by about  
a
4 mm (approx. 3/16 inch), and baste them  
onto thin paper.  
a
b
Press  
or  
.
f
c
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
a 4 mm  
b Thin paper  
c Basting  
Sew between the straight stitches.  
g
Press  
or  
, and then set the stitch width  
b
to the maximum (7.0 mm).  
Memo  
J
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Attach presser foot “J”, and then sew with the  
presser foot centered between the two pieces  
of fabric.  
c
Pull out the straight stitch threads.  
h
Memo  
This stitch is more decorative when thicker thread is  
used.  
a
a Basting  
When you are finished sewing, gently tear off  
the paper.  
d
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Press  
or  
.
f
Tape or Elastic Attaching  
Note  
Elastic tape is sewn onto the fabric unstretched.  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Select a straight stitch, and then attach  
presser foot “J”.  
a
While pulling the elastic tape so that it is  
about the same length as the fabric, pull the  
fabric at the pin nearest the front of the  
presser foot with your right hand, and feed  
the fabric behind the presser foot with your  
left hand according to the feeding speed.  
g
Note  
Make sure that the automatic reverse/reinforcement  
stitching and automatic thread cutting settings are not  
selected.  
Set the stitch length to 4.0 mm (approx.  
b
3/16 inch) and the thread tension to 2.0  
(weaker tension).  
Memo  
This is easy to do if the foot controller is used.  
Pull out 50 mm (approx. 1-15/16 inches) of  
both the upper and bobbin threads (see  
3
c
“Pulling Up the Bobbin Thread” on page 27).  
a
b
c
a Upper thread  
b Bobbin thread  
c 50 mm  
Sew two rows of straight stitches on the  
d
surface of the fabric, and then pull the bobbin  
threads to create the desired amount of  
gather.  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure the needle does not strike a basting pin, or  
any other objects, during sewing. The thread could  
tangle or the needle could break, causing injury.  
Pull out the threads for the straight stitches.  
h
Pin the elastic tape to the wrong side of the  
e
fabric with the elastic tape evenly positioned  
on the gathers.  
a
a Elastic tape  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Select a stitch, attach presser foot “N”, and  
then start sewing.  
b
Heirloom Stitching  
* Select a stitch between 3-01 and 3-22.  
Drawn Work (1  
By sewing with the wing needle sold separately, the  
needle holes are enlarged, creating a lace-like  
decorative stitch.  
This stitching is used to decorate tablecloths, hems, and  
shirt fronts.  
■ Hemstitching (1) (Daisy Stitch)  
CAUTION  
Note  
•
•
The “Automatic Threading” button cannot be used.  
Thread the wing needle by hand, from front to back.  
Using the “Automatic Threading” button may result  
in damage to the machine.  
For best results, use lightweight to medium weight  
homespun fabrics with a slight stretch.  
Insert the wing needle (130/705H, size 100/  
16).  
A more attractive finish can be obtained if you use a  
“130/705H Wing” needle when sewing these  
patterns. If using a wing needle and the stitch width  
has been set manually, check that the needle will not  
touch the presser foot by carefully rotating the  
handwheel before starting sewing.  
a
Note  
The needle threader cannot be used. Manually pass  
the thread through the eye of the needle from the front.  
If the needle threader is used, damage to the machine  
may result.  
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
■ Hemstitching (2) (Drawn Work (1))  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Pull out several threads from the fabric to  
leave a 3 mm (approx. 1/8 inch) area open.  
■ Hemstitching (3) (Drawn Work (2))  
a
Memo  
For best result, use loosely woven fabrics.  
Memo  
Drawn work can also be sewn using the wing needle  
(sold separately).  
Pull out several threads from both sides of a 4  
mm (approx. 3/16 inch) area left unopened,  
as shown in the illustration.  
a
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “N”.  
3
b
Memo  
a
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
With the surface of the fabric facing up, sew  
along the right edge of the open area.  
b
c
c
a Pulled out thread  
b Pulled out area  
c Approximately 4 mm (approx. 3/16 inch) remaining  
N
Press  
.
b
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Press  
to create a mirror image of the  
d
e
stitch.  
Attach presser foot “N”, and then sew along  
the center of the unopened area.  
c
Sew along the left edge of the open area so  
that the stitching looks symmetrical.  
N
N
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Buttonhole Stitches  
Select the desired buttonhole stitch according to your application and the size of the button.  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Narrow rounded  
buttonhole  
Buttonhole on light to medium  
weight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Wide round ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes with extra space for  
larger buttons  
5.5  
(7/32)  
3.5 - 5.5  
(1/8 - 7/32)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Tapered round ended  
buttonhole  
Reinforced waist tapered  
buttonholes  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Round ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes with vertical bar  
tack in heavyweight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Round double ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes for fine, medium to  
heavyweight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Narrow squared  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes for light to medium  
weight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Stretch buttonhole  
Buttonholes for stretch or woven 6.0  
fabrics  
3.0 - 6.0  
1.0  
0.5 - 2.0  
(15/  
64)  
(1/8 - 15/64) (1/16) (1/32 - 1/16)  
Heirloom buttonhole  
Buttonholes for heirloom and  
stretch fabrics  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
3.0 - 6.0  
1.5  
1.0 - 3.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(1/8 - 15/64) (1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
Bound buttonhole  
Keyhole buttonhole  
The first step in making bound  
buttonholes  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 6.0  
(0 - 15/64)  
2.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Buttonholes in heavyweight or  
thick fabrics for larger flat  
buttons  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Tapered keyhole  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes in medium to heavy  
weight fabrics for larger flat  
buttons  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
NO  
NO  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Keyhole buttonhole  
Buttonholes with vertical bar  
tack for reinforcement in  
heavyweight or thick fabrics  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Buttonholes are sewn from the front of the presser foot to the back, as shown below.  
a
a
a
a
a Reinforcement stitching  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Select a stitch, and then attach presser foot  
“A”.  
Hold the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
toward the back with your finger, and then  
lower the presser foot so that the mark on the  
fabric aligns with the marks on the buttonhole  
foot.  
a
b
d
Mark the position and length of the  
buttonhole on the fabric.  
a
Memo  
The maximum buttonhole length is 28 mm (approx. 1-  
1/6 inches) (diameter + thickness of the button).  
A
b
a Mark on fabric  
b Marks on presser foot  
3
Note  
• Slide the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
backward as far as possible, making sure that there  
is no gap behind the part of the foot marked “A”, as  
shown in the illustration. If the buttonhole foot is not  
slid back as far as possible, the buttonhole will not  
be sewn at the correct size.  
Pull out the button holder plate on the presser  
foot, and then insert the button that will be  
put through the buttonhole.  
c
• Pass the thread under the presser foot.  
* The size of the buttonhole is set by clamping the  
button in the button holder plate.  
Note  
Pass the thread under the presser foot.  
Pull down the buttonhole lever.  
e
* The buttonhole lever should be positioned behind  
the metal bracket on the buttonhole foot, as shown  
in the illustration.  
a
a
a Button holder plate  
a Buttonhole lever  
a
a Metal bracket  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Gently hold the end of the upper thread, and  
Insert a pin along the inside of a bar tack at  
the end of the buttonhole, and then insert the  
seam ripper into the center of the buttonhole  
and cut towards the pin.  
f
g
then start sewing.  
* Once sewing is completed, the machine  
automatically sews reinforcement stitches, then  
stops.  
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically cut  
the thread at the end of stitching.  
Note  
Be careful not to cut the stitches with the seam ripper.  
a
b
Note  
a Pin  
b Seam ripper  
• If the fabric does not feed, for example, because it is  
too thick, press  
in the length display to  
increase the stitch length.  
• When sewing is finished, raise the buttonhole lever  
to its original position.  
CAUTION  
•
When using the seam ripper to open the buttonhole,  
do not put your hand or finger in the path of the  
ripper. The ripper may slip and cause injury.  
For keyhole buttonholes, use the included eyelet  
punch to make a hole in the rounded end of the  
buttonhole. Then, insert a pin along the inside of the  
bar tack, insert a seam ripper into the hole made  
with the eyelet punch, and then cut towards the pin.  
a
b
a Pin  
b Eyelet punch  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
■ Sewing Stretch Fabrics  
■ Buttons That Do Not Fit into the Button  
When sewing a buttonhole on stretch fabrics, press  
Holder Plate  
Use the markings on the presser foot scale to set the  
size of the buttonhole. The distance between the  
markings on the presser foot scale is 5 mm (approx.  
3/16 inch).  
Add together the diameter and thickness of the  
button, and then set the button holder plate to the  
calculated value.  
or  
, and use a gimp thread.  
Hook the gimp thread onto the back of  
buttonhole foot “A”, and then pull the ends of  
the gimp thread under the presser foot. Pass  
the thread ends through the grooves at the  
front of the presser foot, and then temporarily  
tie them.  
a
a
* Use #5 embroidery thread or lace yarn for the gimp  
thread.  
b
c
d
3
a Button holder plate  
b Presser foot scale  
a
c Finished measurement (diameter + thickness)  
d 5 mm (approx. 3/16 inch)  
a Upper thread  
Example: For a button with a diameter of 15 mm  
(approx. 9/16 inch) and a thickness of  
10 mm (approx. 3/8 inch), the scale  
Lower the presser foot lever, and then start  
sewing.  
b
should be set at 25 mm (approx. 1 inch).  
* Set the stitch width to the width of the gimp thread.  
a
b
a Thickness: 10 mm (approx. 3/8 inch)  
b Diameter: 15 mm (approx. 9/16 inch)  
When sewing is finished, gently pull the gimp  
thread to remove any slack, and then use a  
handsewing needle with a large eye to pull  
the gimp thread to the wrong side of the  
fabric.  
c
Tie the ends together, and then trim the  
excess.  
d
* After using the seam ripper to cut the threads sewn  
over the buttonhole, trim the threads.  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
■ Darning  
Use darning stitches for mending and other applications.  
Stitch  
Key  
Stitch Name  
Presser  
Foot  
Applications  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Twin  
Needle  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Darning  
Darning of medium weight fabric  
Darning of heavyweight fabric  
7.0  
(1/4)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.4 - 2.5  
NO  
NO  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Darning  
7.0  
2.5 - 7.0  
2.0 0.4 - 2.5  
(1/4)  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Darning is sewn from the front of the presser foot to the back, as shown below.  
a
a
a Reinforcement stitching  
Select a stitch pattern.  
Hold the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
toward the back with your finger, and then  
lower the presser foot so that it aligns with  
the area to be darned.  
a
b
c
Set the scale on buttonhole foot “A” to the  
desired length of the darning, and then attach  
the buttonhole foot.  
Memo  
The maximum length for darning is 28 mm (approx. 1-  
1/16 inches).  
a
Note  
b
• Slide the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
backward as far as possible, making sure that there  
is no gap behind the part of the foot marked “A”, as  
shown in the illustration. If the buttonhole foot is not  
slid back as far as possible, the darning will not be  
sewn at the correct size.  
d
c
a Presser foot scale  
• Pass the thread under the presser foot.  
b Finished measurement  
c 7 mm wide (approx. 1/4 inch)  
d 5 mm (approx. 3/16 inch)  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Pull down the buttonhole lever.  
Gently hold the end of the upper thread, and  
then start sewing.  
d
e
* The buttonhole lever should be positioned behind  
the metal bracket on the buttonhole foot, as shown  
in the illustration.  
* Once sewing is completed, the machine  
automatically sews reinforcement stitches, then  
stops.  
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically cut  
the thread at the end of stitching.  
a
a Buttonhole lever  
3
Note  
If the fabric does not feed, for example, because it is  
a
too thick, press  
the stitch length.  
in the length display to increase  
a Metal bracket  
Bar Tacks  
Bar tacks are one type of reinforcement stitching used to strengthen points subject to strain, such as ends of pocket  
openings and slits.  
Stitch  
Key  
Stitch Name  
Presser  
Foot  
Applications  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Twin  
Needle  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Bar tack  
Reinforcement at opening of  
pocket, etc.  
2.0  
(1/16)  
1.0 - 3.0  
(1/16 - 1/8)  
0.4  
0.3 - 1.0  
NO  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Press  
.
a
Set the scale on buttonhole foot “A” to the  
desired length of the darning, and then attach  
the buttonhole foot.  
b
a
b
c
Memo  
The bar tack length can be set between 5 and 28 mm  
(approx. 3/16 and 1-1/16 inches). Bar tacks are usually  
between 5 and 10 mm (approx. 3/16 and 3/8 inch)  
(This differs depending on the application.)  
a Presser foot scale  
b Finished measurement  
c 5 mm (approx. 3/16 inch)  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Position the fabric so that the opening of the  
Gently hold the end of the upper thread, and  
then start sewing.  
c
e
pocket moves toward you during sewing.  
Hold the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
toward the back with your finger, check the  
first needle drop point, and then lower the  
presser foot.  
* Once sewing is completed, the machine  
automatically sews reinforcement stitches, then  
stops.  
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically cut  
the thread at the end of stitching.  
■ Bar Tacks on Thick Fabrics  
Place a piece of folded fabric or cardboard beside  
the fabric being sewn to level the buttonhole foot  
and allow for easier feeding.  
a
a First needle drop point: 2 mm (approx. 1/16 inch)  
a
Note  
• Slide the outside frame of the buttonhole foot  
backward as far as possible, making sure that there  
is no gap behind the part of the foot marked “A”, as  
shown in the illustration. If the buttonhole foot is not  
slid back as far as possible, the bar tack will not be  
sewn at the correct size.  
b
a Presser foot  
b Thick fabric  
• Pass the thread under the presser foot.  
Note  
If the fabric does not feed, for example, because it is  
too thick, press  
the stitch length.  
in the length display to increase  
Pull down the buttonhole lever.  
d
* The buttonhole lever should be positioned behind  
the metal bracket on the buttonhole foot, as shown  
in the illustration.  
a
a Buttonhole lever  
a
a Metal bracket  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Button Sewing  
Buttons with 2 or 4 holes can be sewn on.  
Note  
Make sure that the automatic thread cutting setting is not selected when sewing on buttons.  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
needle  
Stitch Name  
Button sewing  
Applications  
Attaching buttons  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
3.5  
2.5 - 4.5  
—
—
NO  
(1/8)  
(3/32 - 3/16)  
3
Press  
.
Gently hold the end of the upper thread, and  
then start sewing.  
a
f
Raise the presser foot lever, and remove the  
flat bed attachment.  
* Once sewing is completed, the machine  
automatically sews reinforcement stitches, then stops.  
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically cut  
the thread at the end of stitching.  
b
c
Lower the feed dog position switch to  
lower the feed dogs.  
to  
Note  
• To attach the button more securely, repeat the  
procedure.  
a
• Adjust the stitch width to the distance between the  
holes in the button.  
With scissors, cut the upper and bobbin  
threads at the beginning of the stitching, pull  
the upper thread at the end of the stitching to  
the wrong side of the fabric, and then tie it  
with the bobbin thread.  
g
a Feed dog position switch  
Attach button fitting foot “M”, slide the  
button along the metal plate and into the  
presser foot, and then lower the presser foot  
lever.  
d
When button sewing is finished, raise the feed  
h
dog position switch to  
dogs.  
to raise the feed  
a
b
a Button  
b Metal plate  
a
Turn the handwheel toward you to check that  
the needle correctly goes into the holes of the  
button without touching it.  
e
a Feed dog position switch  
CAUTION  
•
Make sure the needle does not strike the button  
during sewing. The needle may break and cause  
injury.  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
When sewing is finished, pull the two ends of  
the upper thread between the button and the  
fabric, wind them around the shank, and then  
tie them together.  
■ Attaching a 4-Hole Button  
b
Sew the two holes toward the front. Then, raise the  
presser foot, move the fabric so that the needle goes  
into the back two holes, and then sew them in the  
same way.  
Tie the ends of the bobbin thread together at  
the beginning and end of the stitching on the  
wrong side of the fabric  
c
■ Attaching a Button with a Shank  
Pull the shank lever toward you.  
a
a
a Shank lever  
Eyelets  
Eyelets can be used for making belt holes and other similar applications.  
Stitch width  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch length  
[mm (inch.)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
needle  
Stitch Name  
Eyelet  
Applications  
Auto.  
Manual  
Auto.  
Manual  
For making eyelets, holes on  
belts, etc.  
7.0  
7.0 6.0 5.0  
7.0  
7.0 6.0 5.0  
NO  
(1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16) (1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16)  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “N”.  
Lower the needle into the fabric at the  
beginning of the stitching, lower the presser  
foot lever, and then start sewing.  
a
c
Press  
or  
or  
in the width display or  
b
* Reinforcement stitches are automatically sewn at the  
end of the stitching.  
in the length display to set the size of  
* If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected  
before sewing, the machine will automatically cut  
the thread at the end of stitching.  
the eyelet.  
7 mm  
6 mm  
5 mm  
a
a Starting point of stitching  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Use the eyelet punch to cut a hole in the  
center of the stitching.  
Press  
, and then attach presser foot “N”.  
d
c
Multi-Directional Sewing (Straight  
Stitch and Zigzag Stitch)  
Use these stitch patterns to attach patches or emblems  
to pant legs, shirt sleeves, etc.  
3
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Memo  
Pass the free arm through the tubular piece of fabric,  
and then sew in the order shown in the illustration.  
Insert the needle into the fabric at the starting  
point of the stitching, and then sew seam 1.  
d
4
3
1
a
2
Remove the flat bed attachment to enable  
free-arm sewing.  
a
a Starting point of stitching  
Press  
, and then sew seam 2.  
e
* The fabric will move sideways, so guide the fabric  
with your hands to sew straight.  
Pass the free arm through the fabric.  
b
Press  
, and then sew seam 3.  
f
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Press  
, and then sew seam 4.  
Press open the seam allowance, align the  
seam with the center of the zipper, and then  
baste the zipper in place.  
g
c
* The fabric will move sideways, so guide the fabric  
with your hands to sew straight.  
b
a
a
c
a Wrong side of fabric  
b Basting  
c Zipper teeth  
Memo  
Zigzag stitches can also be used with multi-directional  
sewing.  
Remove presser foot “J”, and then attach the  
pin on the right side of zipper foot “I” to the  
presser foot holder.  
d
Zipper Insertion  
a
■ Centered Zipper  
Use for bags and other such applications.  
c
Press  
.
a
* Be sure to select the straight stitch with the middle  
needle position.  
b
a Right side  
b Left side  
c Needle drop point  
CAUTION  
•
When using zipper foot “I”, make sure the straight  
stitch, middle needle position is selected. Turn the  
handwheel to make sure the needle does not strike  
the presser foot. If another stitch is selected, the  
needle will strike the presser foot, causing the needle  
to break and possibly causing injury.  
Topstitch around the zipper, and then remove  
the basting.  
e
Memo  
For details on the stitch patterns, refer to the “STITCH  
SETTING CHART” at the end of this manual.  
Attach presser foot “J”, sew straight stitches  
up to the zipper opening, and then sew  
basting stitches to the top of the fabric.  
b
c
a
CAUTION  
b
•
Make sure the needle does not strike the zipper  
during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the  
needle may break, leading to injury.  
d
a Wrong side of fabric  
b End of zipper opening  
c Basting  
d Reverse stitching  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Remove presser foot “J”, and then attach the  
presser foot holder to the pin on the right side  
of zipper foot “I”.  
■ Side Zipper  
d
Use for side zippers on skirts or dresses.  
Press  
.
a
a
* Be sure to select the straight stitch with the middle  
needle position.  
c
b
a Right side  
b Left side  
c Needle drop point  
CAUTION  
•
When using zipper foot “I”, make sure the straight  
stitch, middle needle position is selected. Turn the  
handwheel to make sure the needle does not strike  
the presser foot. If another stitch is selected, the  
needle will strike the presser foot, causing the needle  
to break and possibly causing injury.  
3
Attach presser foot “J”, sew straight stitches  
to the zipper opening, and then sew basting  
stitches to the edge of the fabric.  
b
Set the presser foot in the 3 mm (approx.  
1/8 inch) margin.  
e
f
Starting from the end of the zipper opening,  
sew to a point about 50 mm (approx.  
2 inches) from the edge of the fabric, then  
stop the machine.  
a
b
d
c
Pull down the zipper slider, then continue  
sewing to the edge of the fabric.  
g
a Basting  
b End of zipper opening  
c Reverse stitching  
d Wrong side of fabric  
a
Press the seam allowance open and align the  
folded hem along the teeth of the zipper,  
while maintaining 3 mm (approx.  
1/8 inch) of sewing space.  
c
b
a 3 mm (approx. 1/8 inch)  
b 50 mm (approx. 2 inch)  
a
b
CAUTION  
•
Make sure the needle does not strike the zipper  
during sewing. If the needle strikes the zipper, the  
needle may break, leading to injury.  
e
c
d
a Zipper pull tab  
b Zipper teeth  
c End of zipper opening  
d 3 mm (approx. 1/8 inch)  
e Wrong side of fabric  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING THE STITCHES  
Close the zipper, turn the fabric over so that  
h
the surface faces up, and then baste the other  
side of the zipper to the fabric.  
c
a
b
d
a Front of garment (wrong side of fabric)  
b Back of garment (surface of fabric)  
c Basting  
d Front of garment (surface of fabric)  
Remove the presser foot, and then attach the  
pin on the left side of the zipper foot to the  
presser foot holder.  
i
a
c
b
a Right side  
b Left side  
c Needle drop point  
Set the fabric so that the left edge of the  
presser foot touches the edge of the zipper  
teeth.  
j
Sew reverse stitches at the top of the zipper,  
then continue sewing.  
k
l
Stop sewing about 50 mm (approx.  
2 inches) from the edge of the fabric, leave  
the needle in the fabric, and remove the  
basting stitches.  
Open the zipper and sew the rest of the seam.  
m
a
b
c
d
a Basting  
b Reverse stitching  
c 7 to 10 mm (approx. 1/4 to 3/8 inch)  
d 50 mm (approx. 2 inches)  
86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
4
Character/  
Decorative  
Stitches  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS...........................................................88  
■ Stitch Selection Screens.......................................................................................................... 88  
Selecting Decorative Stitch Patterns/7 mm Decorative Stitch Patterns/Satin Stitch Patterns/  
7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns/Cross Stitch Patterns/Utility Decorative Stitch Patterns..............89  
Alphabet Patterns...................................................................................................................89  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS ...............................................................91  
Sewing Attractive Finishes......................................................................................................91  
Basic Sewing ..........................................................................................................................91  
Adjusting Patterns ..................................................................................................................92  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS...............................................................94  
■ Key Functions ......................................................................................................................... 94  
Changing the Pattern Size ......................................................................................................95  
Changing the Pattern Length (7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns Only) ............................................95  
Creating a Vertical Mirror Image ...........................................................................................95  
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image.......................................................................................95  
Selecting a Single/Repeating Pattern......................................................................................96  
Changing the Thread Density (Satin Stitch Patterns Only) .....................................................96  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS........................................................97  
Before Combining Patterns ....................................................................................................97  
Combining Patterns From Different Categories......................................................................97  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Sizes..........................................................................98  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Orientations..............................................................99  
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different Lengths ...................................................................100  
Creating Step Patterns (7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns Only)....................................................101  
■ Examples of Pattern Combinations ....................................................................................... 102  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION...................................................103  
Stitch Data Precautions........................................................................................................103  
■ Types of Stitch Data That Can Be Used.........................................................................103  
■ Computers and Operating Systems with the Following Specifications Can Be Used .....103  
■ Precautions on Using the Computer to Create and Save Data.......................................103  
■ Trademarks....................................................................................................................103  
Saving Stitch Patterns in the Machine’s Memory...................................................103  
■ If the Memory Is Full ............................................................................................................ 104  
Saving Stitch Patterns to the Computer.................................................................105  
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the Machine’s Memory .......................................................106  
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the Computer......................................................................107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS  
■ Stitch Selection Screens  
Press  
to display the screen shown below.  
a Decorative stitch patterns  
b 7 mm decorative stitch patterns  
c Satin stitch patterns  
d 7 mm satin stitch patterns  
e Cross stitch patterns  
f Utility decorative stitch patterns  
g Alphabet patterns (gothic font)  
h Alphabet patterns (handwriting font)  
i Alphabet patterns (outline style)  
j Patterns stored in “MY CUSTOM  
STITCH™” (see page 173)  
a
c
f
b
d
e
h
k
g
j
i
l
k Patterns saved in the machine’s  
memory (see page 106)  
l Patterns saved on the computer  
(see page 107)  
m
m Press this key to create your own  
stitches with the “MY CUSTOM  
STITCH™” function (see page 166).  
Press  
to display the previous or next page.  
* The patterns in screens  
b,  
d
and  
f
have a stitch width of 7 mm or less. Both the stitch length and width can be adjusted.  
a Decorative stitch b 7 mm decorative  
patterns stitch patterns  
c
Satin stitch patterns d 7 mm satin stitch e Cross stitch  
patterns patterns  
f Utility decorative g Alphabet patterns h Alphabet patterns i Alphabet patterns  
stitch patterns  
(gothic font)  
(handwriting font)  
(outline style)  
Note  
When the screen is locked (  
), no key other than  
and the  
keys can be operated.  
88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS  
To combine patterns, select the next pattern.  
c
Selecting Decorative Stitch Patterns/  
7 mm Decorative Stitch Patterns/  
Satin Stitch Patterns/  
7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns/Cross  
Stitch Patterns/Utility Decorative  
Stitch Patterns  
* Press  
combination.  
* If the wrong pattern was selected, press  
to check the selected pattern  
to  
erase the pattern, and then select the new stitch  
pattern.  
Press  
, and then press the key for the  
a
category containing the pattern that you want  
to sew.  
4
Alphabet Patterns  
Three alphabet patterns are available in different styles.  
The procedure for selecting a character is the same with  
all styles.  
Press  
, and then press the key for the  
a
Select a stitch pattern that you want to sew.  
b
character style that you want to sew.  
* Press  
to display the next page.  
* Press  
* Press  
to display the previous page.  
to return to the screen of pattern  
categories.  
→ An image of the selected stitch pattern is displayed  
below the symbol of the appropriate presser foot.  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press  
Press  
Press  
.
b
c
d
Press  
to display a selection  
b
screen of characters, and then select a  
character. Repeat this step until you have  
selected all of the characters.  
* If a wrong character was selected, press  
to erase  
the character, and then select the new character.  
* To select a different character style, press  
and then select the new character style.  
,
* Press  
to check the selected characters.  
.
→ An image of the selected characters is displayed  
below the symbol of the appropriate presser foot.  
Example: To select “Bus”  
Press  
.
a
, then  
.
→ “Bus” appears.  
* A maximum of 70 characters can be combined.  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS  
Sewing Attractive Finishes  
Note  
• To achieve the best results when sewing character/decorative stitches, check the table below for the proper fabric/  
needle/thread combinations.  
• Other factors, such as the type or thickness of the fabric being sewn or the type of stabilizer material used, also affect the  
stitching. Therefore, be sure to sew a few trial stitches before sewing your project.  
• Since shrinkage or bunched stitches may result when satin stitches are sewn, be sure to affix stabilizer material to the  
fabric.  
• While sewing, guide the fabric with your hands so that it will be fed straight.  
Fabric  
When sewing on stretch fabrics, lightweight fabrics, or fabrics with coarse weaves, attach stabilizer on the wrong side  
of the fabric. If you do not wish to do so, place the fabric on a thin paper such as tracing paper.  
a Fabric  
b Stabilizer  
c Thin paper  
a
c
b
Thread  
Needle  
#50 - #60  
4
With lightweight, regular, or stretch fabrics: Brother ballpoint needle (golden colored)  
With heavyweight fabrics: home sewing machine needle 90/14  
Presser foot  
Monogramming foot “N”.  
Using another presser foot may give inferior results.  
Press the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button to sew reinforcement stitches, and  
then press the “Start/Stop” button to start  
sewing.  
d
Basic Sewing  
Select a stitch pattern.  
a
b
c
Attach presser foot “N”.  
Place the fabric under the presser foot, pull the  
upper thread under the presser foot and to the  
side, and then lower the presser foot lever.  
CAUTION  
•
When sewing 7 mm satin stitch patterns and the  
stitches are bunched, lengthen the stitch length. If  
you continue sewing when the stitches are  
bunched, the needle may bend or break (see  
“Adjusting the Stitch Length” on page 42).  
Memo  
If the fabric is pulled or pushed during sewing,  
the pattern may not be sewn correctly. In  
addition, depending on the pattern, there may  
be movement to the left and right as well as to  
the front and back. Therefore, guide the fabric  
with your hands so that it will be fed straight.  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press the “Start/Stop” button to stop the  
machine, and then press the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button to sew  
reinforcement stitches.  
e
Adjusting Patterns  
Depending on the type and thickness of the fabric being  
sewn, the sewing speed, whether or not stabilizer  
material is used, etc., the desired result may not be  
achieved. If this occurs, press  
, and then perform  
the following adjustment using the same sewing  
conditions as those used for your project. If the pattern  
is still misaligned after making adjustments with  
selected, adjust each pattern separately.  
Memo  
• When sewing character stitch patterns, the  
machine automatically sews reinforcement  
stitches at the end of the stitching, then stops  
(The machine is automatically set to sew  
reinforcement stitches at the beginning and  
end of each character.)  
Press  
, and then press  
on P. 6 of  
a
the screen.  
• After sewing is finished, trim any excess thread.  
Attach presser foot “N”, and then sew the  
pattern.  
b
Note  
When sewing some patterns, the needle will stop in  
the raised position while the fabric is fed due to the  
operation of the needle bar separation mechanism  
which is used in this machine. At such times, a clicking  
sound different from the sound generated during  
sewing will be heard. This sound is normal and is not  
the sign of a malfunction.  
Compare the sewn pattern with the following  
illustration.  
c
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press  
.
Sew the pattern again. If the pattern still is  
not sewn correctly, adjust it again. Continue  
making adjustments until the pattern is sewn  
correctly.  
d
e
Memo  
You can sew with the setting screen on the display.  
After the pattern is sewn correctly, quit  
f
making adjustments. Press  
the previous screen.  
to return to  
If the pattern is bunched together:  
Press  
in the FINE ADJUST VERTI. display.  
4
Each press of the key increases the value and lengthens  
the pattern.  
If the pattern is stretched:  
Press  
in the FINE ADJUST VERTI. display.  
Each press of the key decreases the value and shortens  
the pattern.  
If the pattern is skewed to the left:  
Press  
in the FINE ADJUST HORIZ. display.  
Each press of the key increases the value and moves the  
pattern to the right.  
If the pattern is skewed to the right:  
Press  
in the FINE ADJUST HORIZ. display.  
Each press of the key decreases the value and moves the  
pattern to the left.  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS  
Using the editing functions, you can change the patterns in a variety of ways, such as resizing them or flipping them  
to create a mirror image.  
Memo  
Depending on the pattern that is selected, some editing functions may not be available.  
a
b
g
h
m
n
f
e
c
d
i
l
k
j
■ Key Functions  
No.  
Key  
Name  
Function  
Page  
a
Screen lock key  
Press this key to lock the screen.  
45  
When the screen is locked, the various settings, such as the stitch width and stitch  
length, are locked and cannot be changed. Press this key again to unlock the  
settings.  
b
c
Image check key  
Automatic  
Press this key to check an image of the selected patterns (characters).  
89, 90  
Press this key to select the automatic reinforcement stitching setting. If you select  
43  
reinforcement stitch key this setting before sewing, the machine will automatically sew reinforcement  
stitches at the beginning and end of stitching. Press this key again to cancel the  
setting.  
d
Automatic thread  
cutting key  
Press this key to select the automatic thread cutting setting. If you select this  
setting before sewing, the machine will automatically cut the thread at the end of  
stitching. Press this key again to cancel the setting.  
44  
e
f
g
Horizontal mirror image Press this key to create a horizontal mirror image of the selected stitch pattern.  
key  
95  
95  
31  
Vertical mirror image  
key  
Press this key to create a vertical mirror image of the selected stitch pattern.  
Needle mode selection Press this key to select the setting for twin needle sewing. Each time this key is  
key (single/twin)  
pressed, the setting switches between that for single needle sewing and for twin  
needle sewing.  
h
Elongation key  
If a 7 mm satin stitch pattern is selected, press this key to select from five settings  
for changing the pattern length without changing the zigzag width or stitch length.  
95  
i
j
k
Single/repeat sewing  
key  
Press this key to switch between sewing the pattern a single time or repeatedly.  
96  
42  
Stitch settings key  
Press this key to change the stitch width, stitch length and thread tension for the  
selected pattern. Normally, the machine has default settings.  
Delete key  
If the wrong pattern was accidentally selected, press this key to erase it. If patterns  
have been combined, each press of this key erases the last pattern in the  
combination.  
89, 90  
l
m
Memory key  
Size key  
Press this key to save the pattern combination.  
103  
95  
Press this key after selecting a pattern to change the size of the pattern (large or  
small).  
n
Thread density key  
Press this key after selecting a pattern to change the stitching density of the  
pattern.  
96  
94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS  
Changing the Pattern Size  
Creating a Vertical Mirror Image  
After selecting a stitch pattern, press  
desired size is selected.  
until the  
After selecting a stitch pattern, press  
pattern vertically.  
to flip the  
Memo  
• Stitch patterns entered after the pattern size  
was changed are added at the selected size  
until it is changed again.  
• You cannot change the size of stitch patterns  
once they have been combined.  
Actual size  
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image  
L
S
After selecting a stitch pattern, press  
pattern horizontally.  
to flip the  
4
Changing the Pattern Length  
(7 mm Satin Stitch Patterns Only)  
If 7 mm satin stitch patterns are selected, the pattern  
length can be changed without changing the zigzag  
width or stitch length. After selecting a stitch pattern,  
press  
to select one of the five settings available.  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING STITCH PATTERNS  
Selecting a Single/Repeating Pattern  
Changing the Thread Density  
(Satin Stitch Patterns Only)  
Press  
to select whether the pattern is sewn  
repeatedly or once.  
After selecting a stitch pattern, press  
desired stitching density is selected.  
until the  
Memo  
CAUTION  
If you press  
while sewing, the key changes to  
•
If the stitches bunch when thread density is  
changed to  
, return the thread density to  
and the machine will sew one copy of the  
pattern, then automatically stop.  
. If you continue sewing when the stitches are  
bunched, the needle may bend or break.  
Memo  
• Stitch patterns entered after the stitching  
density was changed are added at the  
selected density until it is changed again.  
• You cannot change the stitching density of  
stitch patterns once they have been  
combined.  
96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
You can combine many varieties of stitch patterns, such as character stitches, cross stitches, satin stitches, or stitches  
you design with MY CUSTOM STITCH function (see chapter 7 for information about MY CUSTOM STITCH). You  
can also combine stitch patterns of different sizes, mirror image stitch patterns, and others.  
Before Combining Patterns  
Note  
• When stitch patterns are combined, the machine is automatically set to sew the pattern once. To repeatedly  
sew the combined stitch patterns, combine the patterns, and then press  
.
• You cannot change settings (such as the size and orientation) for stitch patterns once they have been  
combined. To resize or reorient the patterns, specify the settings for each pattern as it is added to the  
combination.  
Combining Patterns From Different  
Categories  
Press  
.
b
4
Example:  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
c
→ The screen of pattern categories appears.  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press  
.
d
e
f
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different  
Sizes  
Example:  
Press  
.
Press  
.
a
To repeatedly sew the pattern combination,  
Press  
.
b
press  
so that it appears as  
.
→ The larger size pattern appears.  
Memo  
• Press  
to erase the last pattern entered. Patterns  
are erased one at a time.  
• If the entire combined pattern cannot be displayed,  
press to view an image of the pattern.  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press  
.
a
Press  
again, and then press  
so that it  
c
appears as  
.
Press  
.
→ The second pattern is displayed in the smaller size.  
b
To repeatedly sew the pattern combination,  
d
4
press  
so that it appears as  
.
Press  
again, and then press  
so that it  
c
→ The combination appears as a repeating pattern.  
appears as  
.
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different  
Orientations  
Example:  
→ The second pattern is flipped on a vertical axis.  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
To repeatedly sew the pattern combination,  
d
Combining Stitch Patterns of Different  
Lengths  
press  
so that it appears as  
.
Press  
.
a
→ The combination appears as a repeating pattern.  
Memo  
• Press  
Patterns are erased one at a time.  
• If the entire combined pattern cannot be displayed,  
to erase the last pattern entered.  
press  
to view an image of the pattern. Press  
to return to the previous screen.  
Press  
, and then press  
once so that  
b
it appears as  
.
→ The image of the pattern appears.  
→ The pattern is displayed with a length of 4.  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
Press  
again, and then press  
three  
Creating Step Patterns (7 mm Satin  
Stitch Patterns Only)  
c
times so that it appears as  
.
Stitch patterns that are shifted to create a step-shaped  
pattern are called step patterns.  
Step patterns can be created by using  
shift 7 mm satin stitch patterns.  
and  
to  
Press  
once to move the stitch pattern to the left by  
half the width of the stitch pattern.  
Press  
once to move the stitch pattern to the right by  
half the width of the stitch pattern.  
→ The second pattern is displayed with a length of 2.  
4
To repeatedly sew the pattern combination,  
d
press  
so that it appears as  
.
Example:  
Press  
.
a
→ The combination appears as a repeating pattern.  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING STITCH PATTERNS  
■ Examples of Pattern Combinations  
Press  
, and then press  
.
b
→
→
→
→
→
→ The next pattern is moved to the right.  
Press  
again, and then press  
.
c
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
Press  
so that it appears as  
.
d
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→ The combination appears as a repeating pattern.  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Stitch Data Precautions  
Saving Stitch Patterns in the  
Machine’s Memory  
Observe the following precautions when using stitch  
data other than that created and saved in this machine.  
You can save often-used stitch patterns in the machine’s  
memory. The machine’s memory can hold up to 16  
stitch patterns.  
■ Types of Stitch Data That Can Be Used  
• Only .pmu stitch data files can be used with this  
machine. Using data other than that created  
using this machine may cause the machine to  
malfunction.  
Note  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the stitch pattern  
that you are saving.  
■ Computers and Operating Systems with the  
Following Specifications Can Be Used  
Memo  
• Compatible models:  
IBM PC with a USB port as standard equipment  
IBM PC-compatible computer equipped with a  
USB port as standard equipment  
• It takes a few seconds to save a stitch pattern in the  
machine’s memory.  
• See page 106 for information on retrieving a saved  
stitch pattern.  
• Compatible operating systems:  
4
Microsoft Windows 98SE/Me/2000/XP  
(Windows 98SE requires a driver. Download the  
driver from our Web site (www.brother.com). In  
addition, only Windows 98 Second Edition can  
use the driver.)  
Press  
.
a
■ Precautions on Using the Computer to  
Create and Save Data  
• If the file name of stitch data cannot be  
identified, for example, because the name  
contains special characters, the file is not  
displayed. If this occurs, change the name of the  
file.  
• Do not create folders in USB media. If stitch data  
is stored in a folder, that stitch data cannot be  
displayed by the machine.  
■ Trademarks  
• IBM is a registered trademark or a trademark of  
International Business Machines Corporation.  
Press  
.
b
• Microsoft and Windows are registered  
trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft  
Corporation.  
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the stitch pattern.  
Each company whose software title is mentioned in  
this manual has a software license agreement  
specific to its proprietary programs.  
All other brands and product names mentioned in  
this manual are registered trademarks of their  
respective companies. However, the explanations  
®
for markings such as and ™ are not clearly  
described within the text.  
→ The “Saving” screen appears. When the pattern is  
saved, the previous screen appears automatically.  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Select a stitch pattern to be deleted.  
■ If the Memory Is Full  
b
If this screen appears while you are trying to save a  
pattern on the machine’s memory, the memory is  
too full to hold the currently selected stitch pattern.  
To save the stitch pattern in the machine’s memory,  
you have to delete a previously saved stitch pattern.  
* Press  
to display the pattern saved in that  
pocket. If the entire saved stitch pattern cannot be  
displayed, press  
pattern.  
to view the entire stitch  
* Press  
pattern.  
if you do not want to delete the stitch  
Press  
.
a
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the stitch pattern.  
a
a Pockets holding saved stitch patterns  
Press  
.
c
→ A confirmation message appears.  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Press  
.
Plug the USB cable connectors into the  
corresponding USB ports on the computer  
and on the machine.  
d
a
* If you decide not to delete the stitch pattern, press  
.
* The USB cable can be plugged into the USB ports  
on the computer and machine whether or not they  
are turned on.  
a
b
b
a
→ The old stitch pattern is deleted, and the new stitch  
pattern is automatically saved.  
a USB port  
b USB cable connector  
4
→ The “Removable Disk” icon appears in “My  
Saving Stitch Patterns to the  
Computer  
Computer” on the computer.  
Using the included USB cable, connect the sewing  
machine to your computer so that stitch patterns can be  
retrieved from and saved to your computer.  
Note  
• The connectors on the USB cable can only be  
inserted into a port in one direction. If it is difficult to  
insert the connector, do not insert it with force, and  
then check the orientation of the connector.  
• For details on the position of the USB port on the  
computer, refer to the instruction manual for the  
corresponding equipment.  
Note  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the stitch pattern  
that you are saving.  
Press  
.
b
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Press  
.
c
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the  
Machine’s Memory  
→ Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the stitch pattern.  
Press  
.
a
→ The stitch pattern is temporarily saved to  
→ The pocket selection screen appears.  
“Removable Disk” under “My Computer”.  
Select a stitch pattern to be retrieved.  
Select the stitch pattern’s .pmu file in  
“Removable Disk”, and copy the file to the  
computer.  
b
d
* Press  
so that the pattern saved in that pocket  
appears. If the entire saved stitch pattern cannot be  
displayed, press  
pattern.  
to view the entire stitch  
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the stitch pattern.  
a
Note  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the data.  
a Pockets holding saved stitch patterns  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Move/copy the pattern data to “Removable  
Disk”.  
Press  
.
c
c
* Press  
to delete the stitch pattern.  
→ Stitch pattern data in “Removable Disk” is written to  
the machine.  
→ The selected stitch pattern is retrieved and the  
Note  
sewing screen appears.  
• While data is being written, do not disconnect the  
USB cable.  
• Do not create folders within “Removable Disk”.  
Since folders are not displayed, stitch pattern data  
within folders cannot be retrieved.  
4
Retrieving Stitch Patterns from the  
Computer  
Press  
.
Plug the USB cable connectors into the  
corresponding USB ports on the computer  
and on the machine (see page 105).  
d
a
On the computer, open “My Computer”, and  
then go to “Removable Disk”.  
b
→ The stitch patterns in the computer are displayed in  
the selection screen.  
Select a stitch pattern to be retrieved.  
e
* Press  
so that the pattern saved in that pocket  
appears. If the entire saved stitch pattern cannot be  
displayed, press  
pattern.  
to view the entire stitch  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the stitch pattern.  
CAUTION  
•
When disconnecting the USB cable:  
Before disconnecting the USB cable, click the  
"Unplug or Eject Hardware" icon in the taskbar of  
®
Windows Me/2000 or the "Safely Remove  
a
®
Hardware" icon in the taskbar of Windows XP.  
Then, when the removable disk has been removed  
safely, disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
and the machine.  
With Windows 98 SE, check that the Access  
lamp is not flashing before disconnecting the  
USB cable from the computer and the  
machine.  
a Pockets holding saved stitch patterns  
Press  
.
f
Note  
* Press  
to delete the stitch pattern.  
• Be sure to perform the operation described above  
before disconnecting the USB cable from the  
computer and the machine, otherwise the computer  
may malfunction, the data may not be written  
correctly, or the data or data writing area on the  
machine may be damaged.  
• The pattern retrieved from the computer is only  
temporarily written to the machine. It is erased from  
the machine when the machine is turned off. If you  
wish to keep the pattern, store it in the machine (see  
“Saving Stitch Patterns in the Machine’s Memory”  
on page 103).  
→ The selected stitch pattern is retrieved and the  
sewing screen appears.  
Note  
The pattern retrieved from the computer is only  
temporarily written to the machine. It is erased from  
the machine when the machine is turned off. If you  
wish to keep the stitch pattern, store it in a pocket on  
the machine (see “Saving Stitch Patterns in the  
Machine’s Memory” on page 103).  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
5
Embroidery  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING ............................110  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN .... 131  
Attaching Embroidery Foot “U”...................................... 111  
Attaching the Embroidery Unit....................................... 112  
Sewing Attractive Finishes...............................................131  
■
Embroidery Needle Plate Cover..............................................131  
Sewing Embroidery Patterns............................................132  
Embroidering Appliqué Patterns......................................133  
If the Bobbin Runs Out of Thread....................................134  
If the Thread Breaks During Sewing ................................135  
Restarting from the Beginning .........................................136  
Adjusting the Thread Tension ..........................................136  
■
Removing the Embroidery Unit.............................................. 113  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS .........114  
■
■
Copyright Information............................................................ 114  
Pattern Selection Screens ....................................................... 114  
One-point Patterns/Floral Patterns ................................. 115  
Alphabet Patterns ........................................................... 116  
Frame Patterns................................................................ 117  
Embroidery Cards ........................................................... 118  
■
■
■
Correct Thread Tension ..........................................................136  
If the Upper Thread Is Too Tight.............................................137  
If the Upper Thread Is Too Loose............................................137  
Automatic Thread Cutting (End Color Trim)....................137  
Changing the Embroidering Speed...................................138  
Changing the Thread Color Display.................................138  
■
About Embroidery Cards (Sold Separately)............................. 118  
Selecting Patterns from the Machine's Memory/Computer.....118  
VIEWING THE SEWING SCREEN .................119  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION ............. 140  
■
Key Functions......................................................................... 119  
Embroidery Data Precautions..........................................140  
PREPARING THE FABRIC .............................120  
■
■
Types of Embroidery Data That Can Be Used .........................140  
Computers and Operating Systems  
Attaching Stabilizer to Fabric ......................................... 120  
Hooping Fabric in the Embroidery Frame....................... 121  
with the Following Specifications Can Be Used ......................140  
Precautions on Using the Computer to Create and  
■
Save Data................................................................................140  
Tajima (.dst) Embroidery Data ................................................140  
Trademarks .............................................................................140  
■
■
■
Types of Embroidery Frames .................................................. 121  
Inserting the Fabric ................................................................ 122  
Using the Embroidery Sheet................................................... 122  
■
■
Saving Embroidery Patterns in the Machine’s Memory....141  
If the Memory Is Full...............................................................141  
Saving Embroidery Patterns to the Computer..................142  
Retrieving Patterns from the Machine’s Memory.............143  
Retrieving Patterns from the Computer ...........................144  
Embroidering Small Fabrics and Fabric Edges................. 123  
■
■
■
■
Embroidering Small Fabrics.................................................... 123  
Embroidering Edges or Corners.............................................. 123  
Embroidering Ribbons or Tape............................................... 123  
ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME.....124  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS.................... 146  
■
Removing the Embroidery Frame ........................................... 124  
EDITING THE PATTERN...............................125  
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an Appliqué (1)..............146  
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an Appliqué (2)..............147  
Changing the Embroidery Frame Display........................ 125  
Changing the Pattern Position......................................... 125  
Rotating the Pattern........................................................ 126  
Changing the Pattern Size............................................... 126  
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image ............................... 127  
Changing the Stitching Density (Alphabet and Frame Patterns  
Only) .............................................................................. 128  
Changing the Color of Single Characters ........................ 128  
CHECKING THE PATTERN ...........................129  
Checking the Embroidering Position............................... 129  
Previewing the Pattern.................................................... 130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING  
The embroidering procedures are listed below.  
9
6, 8  
7
3
4
1, 2  
5
Step #  
Operation  
Page  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Attach embroidery foot “U”.  
111  
34  
Insert a 75/11 home sewing machine needle.*  
Attach the embroidery unit.  
112  
24,27  
120  
114  
124  
129  
28  
Wind the bobbin with embroidery bobbin thread, and then set the bobbin.  
Attach stabilizer material to the fabric, and then hoop it in the embroidery frame.  
Turn on the machine, and then select the embroidery pattern.  
Attach the embroidery frame to the embroidery unit.  
Check and adjust the size and position of the embroidery pattern.  
Set up embroidery thread according to the pattern (upper threading).  
*
It is recommended that a 90/14 needle should be used when embroidering on heavy weight fabrics or stabilizing products (for example;  
denim, puffy foam, etc.).  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING  
Use the included screwdriver to loosen the  
presser foot holder screw, and then remove  
the presser foot holder.  
e
Attaching Embroidery Foot “U”  
CAUTION  
a
•
•
When attaching a presser foot, always press  
in the operation panel. You may  
b
c
accidentally press the “Start/Stop” button and  
possibly cause injury.  
Be sure to use embroidery foot “U” when doing  
embroidery. Using another presser foot may cause  
the needle to strike the presser foot, causing the  
needle to bend or break and possibly cause injury.  
a Presser foot holder  
b Screwdriver  
c Presser foot holder screw  
Attach embroidery foot “U” so that the  
presser foot holder screw fits into the notch in  
the foot.  
f
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise  
the needle.  
a
* Make sure that embroidery foot “U” is vertical when  
it is installed.  
Press  
.
b
c
Hold the embroidery foot in place with your  
right hand, and then use the included  
screwdriver to securely tighten the presser  
foot holder screw.  
5
g
→
The Presser foot/Needle exchange screen appears  
and all keys and operation buttons are locked.  
Raise the presser foot lever.  
Press the black button on the presser foot  
holder to remove the presser foot.  
CAUTION  
d
•
Use the included screwdriver to firmly tighten the  
screw of the presser foot holder. If the screw is loose,  
the needle may strike the presser foot and possibly  
cause injury.  
a
Press  
, or  
in the  
b
h
screen that appeared.  
a Black button  
b Presser foot holder  
→
All keys and operation buttons are unlocked, and the  
previous screen is displayed.  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING  
Insert the embroidery unit connector into the  
connection port, and then lightly push in the  
embroidery unit until it snaps into place.  
c
Attaching the Embroidery Unit  
CAUTION  
•
•
•
Do not move the machine with the embroidery unit  
attached. The embroidery unit could fall off and  
cause injury.  
a
b
Keep your hands and foreign objects away from the  
embroidery carriage and frame when the machine is  
embroidering. Otherwise, injury may result.  
If the embroidery unit could not be initialized  
correctly, a buzzer will sound. If this happens, go  
through the initialization process again. This is not a  
malfunction.  
a Connection port  
b Embroidery unit connector  
Note  
• Make sure that there is no gap between the  
embroidery unit and the sewing machine, otherwise  
the embroidery pattern may not be sewn correctly.  
Be sure to fully insert the connector into the  
connection port.  
Note  
• Do not touch the embroidery unit connector,  
otherwise damage to the connector pins or the  
machine may result.  
• Do not push on the carriage when attaching the  
embroidery unit to the machine, otherwise damage  
to the embroidery unit may result.  
• Do not apply extreme force to the embroidery unit  
carriage or pick up the unit by the carriage,  
otherwise damage to the embroidery unit may  
result.  
Turn on the machine.  
d
→
A message appears in the screen.  
• Store the embroidery unit in its storage box/case.  
Turn off the machine, and then remove the  
flat-bed attachment.  
a
Note  
Be sure to turn off the machine before attaching the  
embroidery unit, otherwise damage to the machine  
may result.  
Slide the tab on the cover of the connection  
port in the direction of the arrow to open the  
cover.  
b
Note  
Be sure to close the cover of the connection port when  
the embroidery unit is not being used.  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BEFORE EMBROIDERING  
■ Removing the Embroidery Unit  
Press  
.
e
Press  
or  
, and then press  
.
a
→
The carriage moves to the storage position.  
CAUTION  
•
•
Always remove the embroidery frame before  
pressing  
. Otherwise, the frame may strike  
the embroidery foot, and possibly cause injury.  
The embroidery unit will not fit in the storage  
box/case if this step is not done.  
→
The carriage moves to its initial position.  
Note  
If the carriage does not move to the storage position,  
the embroidery unit cannot be put into its storage box/  
case.  
Turn off the machine.  
b
Note  
CAUTION  
Be sure to turn off the machine before removing the  
embroidery unit, otherwise damage to the machine  
may result.  
•
Keep your hands and foreign objects away from the  
embroidery carriage and frame when the machine is  
embroidering. Otherwise, injury may result.  
Press the release button under the end of the  
embroidery unit, and then pull the unit away  
from the machine.  
c
5
Note  
If the machine was not initialized correctly, the initial  
screen may not appear. This is not a sign of a  
malfunction. If this occurs, turn the machine off, then  
on again.  
The message will disappear after 15 seconds  
f
or press  
to move to the next step.  
a
a Release button  
CAUTION  
•
Do not carry the embroidery unit by holding the  
release button compartment.  
Note  
A confirmation message to lower the frame-securing  
lever after the carriage moves to its initial position is  
displayed.  
Continue with pattern selection and remember to lower  
the frame-securing lever when the embroidery frame is  
attached.  
→
Pattern selection screen appears.  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
■ Copyright Information  
The embroidery patterns stored in the machine and on embroidery cards (sold separately) are intended for  
private use only. Any public or commercial use of copyrighted patterns is an infringement of copyright law and is  
strictly prohibited.  
■ Pattern Selection Screens  
There are many character and decorative embroidery patterns stored in the machine’s memory. When the  
carriage moves to its initial position, a screen appears so that you can select a pattern. If a different screen is  
displayed, press  
.
b
c
d
f
g
a
e
a One-point patterns  
b Floral patterns  
c Alphabet patterns  
d Frame patterns  
e Embroidery cards  
f
Patterns saved in the  
machine’s memory  
g Patterns saved on the  
computer  
(sold separately)  
The screen that appears  
differs depending on the  
card that is inserted.  
Press  
to display the previous or next page.  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
Continue with “VIEWING THE SEWING  
SCREEN” on page 119.  
d
One-point Patterns/Floral Patterns  
* To select a different embroidery pattern, press  
Select a type of embroidery pattern.  
. (After a confirmation message to delete  
a
the selected pattern appears, the pattern selection  
screen appears.)  
Select an embroidery pattern.  
b
5
Press  
.
c
* Press  
to view an image of the embroidery  
pattern.  
→
The sewing screen appears.  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
Alphabet Patterns  
Press  
to display a selection  
c
screen of characters, and then select a  
character to be embroidered.  
Press  
.
a
* To change the size, press  
size is selected.  
until the desired  
* If a wrong character was selected, press  
erase the character.  
to  
* If the pattern is too small to see clearly, you can use  
key to check it.  
* Press  
to display all entered characters.  
Select a character style.  
b
Memo  
• The next character that is selected will have the new  
character size.  
• You cannot change the size of characters once they  
have been combined.  
Press  
.
d
* Press  
to view an image of the embroidery  
pattern.  
→
The sewing screen appears.  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
Continue with “VIEWING THE SEWING  
SCREEN” on page 119.  
e
Frame Patterns  
* To select a different character, press  
. (After  
Press  
.
a
b
a confirmation message to delete the selected  
pattern appears, the pattern selection screen  
appears.)  
In the top part of the screen, select a frame  
shape. In the bottom part of the screen, select  
a frame pattern.  
a
b
a Frame shapes  
b Frame patterns  
Press  
.
c
5
* Press  
to view an image of the embroidery  
pattern.  
→
The sewing screen appears.  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING EMBROIDERY PATTERNS  
Continue with “VIEWING THE SEWING  
SCREEN” on page 119.  
Press  
.
d
b
* To select a different embroidery pattern, press  
. (After a confirmation message to delete  
the selected pattern appears, the pattern selection  
screen appears.)  
→
The pattern selection screen for the card appears.  
Follow the procedure described in “One-  
point Patterns/Floral Patterns” on page 115 to  
select a pattern.  
c
Embroidery Cards  
Selecting Patterns from the Machine's  
Memory/Computer  
■ About Embroidery Cards (Sold Separately)  
• If an embroidery card other than our original  
embroidery cards is used, the machine may not  
operate correctly. Be sure to use only embroidery  
cards manufactured for this machine.  
• Embroidery cards purchased in foreign countries  
may not work with this machine.  
• Only insert or remove the embroidery card when  
To retrieve patterns from the machine's memory or  
computer, see pages 143 and 144.  
is displayed, or when the machine is  
turned off.  
• Store embroidery cards in their protective cases.  
Note  
Do not insert the embroidery card in a direction other  
than that shown by the arrow on the card, do not insert  
the card with extreme force, and do not insert any  
object other than embroidery cards into the slot,  
otherwise the machine may be damaged.  
With the side of the embroidery card marked  
with an arrow facing toward you, fully insert  
a
the card into the embroidery card slot on the  
right side of the machine.  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
VIEWING THE SEWING SCREEN  
VIEWING THE SEWING SCREEN  
Using the editing keys, you can change the patterns in a variety of ways, such as resizing them or rotating them.  
a
b
Shows the code for the appropriate presser foot.  
When embroidering, be sure to use embroidery foot  
“U”.  
Shows the embroidering area for the extra large frame  
(26 cm × 16 cm (approx. 10-1/4 inches ×  
6-1/4 inches)).  
e
d
f
j
g
a
k
b
c
d
Shows the selected pattern.  
Shows the total number of stitches in the selected  
pattern and the number of stitches that have already  
been sewn.  
c
i
h
e
Shows the total amount of time required to sew the  
pattern and the amount of time that has already been  
spent sewing (not including the amount of time  
required to change threads).  
f
g
Shows the number of colors in the selected pattern  
and the number of the color currently being sewn.  
o
p
q
l
m
Shows the embroidery frames that can be used with  
the selected pattern. Be sure to use the correct frame  
(see page 121).  
n
h
i
Shows the order in which the colors are sewn.  
Embroider in order, starting from the top.  
Shows the thread color (at the bottom) and the part  
being sewn (at the top).  
■ Key Functions  
5
No.  
Key  
Name  
Memory key  
Function  
Page  
j
Press this key to save the pattern.  
141 −143  
k
l
m
n
o
p
Image key  
Press this key to display a preview of the embroidery pattern and check the frame  
size.  
130  
Return key  
Press this key to display the screen of pattern categories.  
−
Thread Settings key  
Layout key  
Press this key to set trimming at the end of color steps, or to adjust the thread  
tension and sewing density.  
128,  
136−137  
Press this key to change the pattern layout.  
125 −127  
Color Check key  
Forward/Back key  
Press this key to check the sewing order of the colors.  
132  
Press this key to move the needle forward or backward in the pattern. This is useful 135 −136  
if the thread breaks during sewing or if you want to embroider a specific area  
again.  
q
Trial key  
Press this key to move the embroidery frame and check the embroidering position  
or to change the needle position before embroidering.  
129  
Memo  
Depending on the pattern that is selected, some editing functions may not be available. Keys that appear in dashed lines  
are not available.  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREPARING THE FABRIC  
PREPARING THE FABRIC  
CAUTION  
•
•
•
Use fabrics with a thickness of less than 3 mm (approx. 1/8 inch). Using fabrics thicker than 3 mm (approx. 1/8 inch)  
may cause the needle to break.  
When using layers with thicker batting etc., you can sew more attractive embroidery by adjusting the embroidery  
presser foot height in the embroidery settings screen (see below).  
In the case of thick terry cloth towels we recommend that you place a piece of water soluble stabilizer on the top surface of the  
towel. This will help to reduce the nap of the toweling and result in more attractive embroidery.  
Memo  
With this machine, the height of embroidery foot “U” is automatically set according to the thickness of the fabric being  
embroidered. When embroidering thicker fabric, for example, fabric filled with batting, adjust the height of the presser foot in  
the settings screen.  
Press  
, and then press  
or  
in the PRESSER FOOT HEIGHT display on P. 3 of the screen to adjust the  
height of the presser foot according to the thickness of the fabric.  
To raise the presser foot, increase the setting (see page 20). (Normally, the height is set to 1.5 mm.)  
Prepare the stabilizer material for  
embroidering.  
a
Attaching Stabilizer to Fabric  
* Use a piece of stabilizer material that is larger than  
the embroidery frame. When hooping the fabric in  
the embroidery frame, be sure that the stabilizer  
material is clamped in place on all edges in order to  
prevent wrinkles in the fabric.  
For best results, always use stabilizer material for  
embroidery. In order to prevent shrinkage of the  
stitching or misaligned patterns, observe the following.  
When embroidering fabrics that cannot be ironed (such  
as towels or fabrics with loops that expand when  
ironed) or when embroidering an area that is difficult to  
iron, place the stabilizer material under the fabric  
without attaching it, and then hoop the fabric and the  
stabilizer in the embroidery frame.  
a
b c  
a b c  
CAUTION  
a Stabilizer  
b Size of the embroidery frame  
c Fabric  
•
Always use a stabilizer material for embroidery when  
sewing stretch fabrics, lightweight fabrics, fabrics  
with a coarse weave, or fabrics which cause pattern  
shrinkage. Otherwise, the needle may break and  
cause injury. Not using a stabilizer material may  
result in a poor finish to your project.  
Using a steam iron, iron the stabilizer  
material to the wrong side of the fabric.  
b
a
b
a Fusible side of stabilizer  
b Fabric (wrong side)  
Note  
When embroidering lightweight fabrics, such as  
organdy or lawn, or when embroidering napped  
fabrics, such as towel or corduroy, use water-soluble  
stabilizer (sold separately) for best results. The water-  
soluble stabilizer material will dissolve completely in  
water, giving the embroidery a more attractive finish.  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREPARING THE FABRIC  
Hooping Fabric in the Embroidery Frame  
■ Types of Embroidery Frames  
Extra Large  
Large  
Medium (Sold Separately)  
Small (Sold Separately)  
Embroidering area:  
Embroidering area:  
Embroidering area:  
Embroidering area:  
26 cm × 16 cm (approx. 10 - 1/4  
inches × 6 - 1/4 inches)  
18 cm × 13 cm (approx. 7 inches ×  
5 inches)  
10 cm × 10 cm (approx. 4 inches × 2 cm × 6 cm (approx. 1 inch ×  
4 inches)  
2 - 1/2 inches)  
Use when embroidering connected Use when embroidering patterns  
or combined characters or patterns, with a size less than 18 cm × 13 cm  
Use when embroidering  
pattern with a size less than  
10 cm × 10 cm (approx. 4 inches ×  
4 inches)  
Use when embroidering small-  
sized patterns, such as name tags.  
or when embroidering large  
(approx. 7 inches × 5 inches).  
patterns.  
Select a frame appropriate for the pattern size. The frame options are displayed in the screen.  
a
b
5
a Can be used  
b Cannot be used  
CAUTION  
•
If you use a frame that is too small, the presser foot may strike the frame during sewing and cause injury.  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREPARING THE FABRIC  
Gently stretch the fabric, and then securely  
tighten the frame adjustment screw so that  
the fabric remains stretched.  
■ Inserting the Fabric  
d
Note  
If the fabric is not taut, the pattern may be misaligned  
or the fabric may pucker. Follow the procedure  
described below to gently stretch the fabric in the  
embroidery frame so that the fabric is not loose. In  
addition, be sure to work on a level surface when  
hooping the fabric in the embroidery frame.  
Lift up and loosen the frame adjustment  
screw, and then remove the inner frame.  
a
* Make sure that the edges of the inner and outer  
frames are aligned.  
a
a
b
b
c
a Inner frame  
a Outer frame  
b Frame adjustment screw  
b Inner frame  
c Wrong side of fabric  
Lay the fabric right side up on top of the outer  
frame, and then place the inner frame on top.  
b
Memo  
• After stretching the fabric, lightly tapping it should  
produce a drum-like sound.  
* Be sure to align  
on the outer frame.  
on the inner frame with  
• While stretching the fabric from all four corners and  
all four edges, securely tighten the frame adjustment  
screw.  
a
b
Return the frame adjustment screw to its  
original position.  
e
c
a Inner frame  
b Outer frame  
c Frame adjustment screw  
■ Using the Embroidery Sheet  
When you want to embroider the pattern at a  
particular location, use the embroidery sheet to  
hoop the fabric in the embroidery frame.  
Slightly tighten the frame adjustment screw,  
and then gently pull the edges of the fabric to  
remove any slack.  
c
Mark the area of the fabric to be  
embroidered.  
a
a
b
a Embroidery pattern  
b Mark  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PREPARING THE FABRIC  
Place the embroidery sheet in the inner  
frame, and then align the guide lines on the  
embroidery sheet with the marks on the  
fabric.  
■ Embroidering Small Fabrics  
b
When embroidering small pieces of fabric, use  
temporary spray adhesive to attach the small piece  
of the fabric to stabilizer, and then hoop the  
stabilizer in the embroidery frame. If you do not  
wish to use a temporary spray adhesive, attach the  
fabric to the stabilizer with basting stitches.  
b
a
a
b
a Inner frame  
b Guide lines  
Stretch the fabric within the inner and outer  
frames so that there are no folds or wrinkles  
(see page 122).  
c
a Fabric  
b Stabilizer  
■ Embroidering Edges or Corners  
When embroidering corners or edges of fabric, use  
temporary spray adhesive to attach the corner or  
edge of the fabric to stabilizer, and then hoop the  
stabilizer in the embroidery frame. If you do not  
wish to use a temporary spray adhesive, attach the  
fabric to the stabilizer with basting stitches.  
a
b
a Inner frame  
b Outer frame  
5
Remove the embroidery sheet.  
d
a
b
a Fabric  
b Stabilizer  
■ Embroidering Ribbons or Tape  
When embroidering narrow pieces of fabric, use  
temporary spray adhesive to attach the ribbon or  
tape to stabilizer, and then hoop the stabilizer in the  
embroidery frame. If you do not wish to use a  
temporary spray adhesive, hoop both ends of the  
ribbon or tape together with the stabilizer in the  
embroidery frame.  
Embroidering Small Fabrics and Fabric  
Edges  
Use embroidery stabilizer to provide extra support. After  
embroidering, carefully remove the stabilizer.  
a
b
a Ribbon or tape  
b Stabilizer  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME  
ATTACHING THE EMBROIDERY FRAME  
Note  
Before attaching the embroidery frame, set the bobbin.  
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to raise  
the presser foot.  
Lower the frame-securing lever so that it is level  
with the frame to secure the embroidery frame  
in the embroidery frame holder.  
a
e
Raise the frame-securing lever.  
b
CAUTION  
a
•
If the frame-securing lever is not lowered, the  
embroidery pattern may not sew out correctly or the  
presser foot may strike the embroidery frame and  
cause injury.  
After the embroidery frame is attached, press  
the “Presser Foot Lifter” button again to  
lower the presser foot.  
f
a Frame-securing lever  
Align the embroidery frame guide with the  
right edge of the embroidery frame holder.  
c
■ Removing the Embroidery Frame  
a
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to raise  
the presser foot.  
a
Raise the frame-securing lever.  
b
b
a Embroidery frame holder  
b Embroidery frame guide  
Pull off the embroidery frame toward you.  
c
Slide the embroidery frame into the holder,  
d
making sure that  
on the embroidery frame  
aligns with  
on the holder.  
a
a Arrows  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING THE PATTERN  
EDITING THE PATTERN  
CAUTION  
•
After the size of the pattern has been changed, check the icons for the embroidery frames that can be used and use  
only the indicated frames. If a frame other those indicated is used, the presser foot may strike the embroidery frame,  
possibly causing injuries.  
Changing the Embroidery Frame  
Display  
Press  
.
a
b
Press  
or  
in the “EMBROIDERY  
a Embroidering area b Embroidering area c Embroidering area  
of the extra large  
frame  
of the large frame  
of the medium  
frame (sold  
separately)  
FRAME DISPLAY” on P. 2 of the screen to  
select how the embroidery frame is displayed.  
* There are five embroidery frame layouts.  
dEmbroidering area  
of the small frame  
(sold separately)  
eGrid  
5
After selecting the layout, press  
.
c
Changing the Pattern Position  
Press  
.
a
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING THE PATTERN  
Press  
to move the pattern.  
Press  
.
b
b
* Each press of the key rotates the pattern 90 degrees.  
* Press  
to move the pattern in the direction of  
to center the pattern.  
the arrow on the key.  
* Press  
a
a
a Degree of rotation  
Note  
• If a large-size embroidery pattern  
was  
a Distance from the center  
selected, changes to  
, allowing the  
Press  
.
pattern to be rotated in 1 degree increments. The  
pattern cannot be rotated more than 90 degrees.  
c
• With large patterns that extend out of the extra-large  
embroidery frame when rotated 90 degrees, each  
press of this button rotates the pattern 180 degrees.  
Rotating the Pattern  
Press  
.
Press  
.
a
c
Changing the Pattern Size  
Press  
.
a
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING THE PATTERN  
Press  
.
b
Creating a Horizontal Mirror Image  
Press  
.
a
Change the size of the pattern.  
c
* Press  
* Press  
* Press  
to reduce the size of the pattern.  
Press  
.
to enlarge the size of the pattern.  
b
to return the pattern to its original size.  
5
a
→
The key appears as  
.
a Size of the pattern  
Memo  
• Some patterns or characters can be enlarged more  
than others.  
• Some patterns or characters can be enlarged to a  
greater degree if they are rotated 90 degrees.  
Press  
Press  
.
.
d
e
Press  
.
c
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING THE PATTERN  
Changing the Stitching Density  
(Alphabet and Frame Patterns Only)  
Changing the Color of Single  
Characters  
Combined alphabet patterns can be sewn with each  
letter in a different color. If “MULTI COLOR” is set, the  
machine stops after each character is sewn so that the  
thread can be changed to one of a different color.  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
a
Change the stitching density.  
b
* Press  
to reduce the stitching density.  
* Press  
to increase the stitching density.  
* Each press of the key changes the stitching density  
by 5% (The density can be set between 80% and  
120%.)  
→
The key appears as  
.
After a character is sewn, change the thread  
color, and then sew the next character.  
b
Coarse  
(stitches farther apart)  
Fine  
Standard  
(stitches closer together)  
Press  
.
c
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHECKING THE PATTERN  
CHECKING THE PATTERN  
Press  
to select the position to be  
b
Checking the Embroidering Position  
checked.  
The embroidery frame is moved to indicate the  
embroidering position. Closely watch the frame to  
check that the pattern will be sewn at the correct place.  
Press  
.
a
→
The frame moves to indicate the selected position.  
Memo  
5
To view the entire embroidering area, press  
.
The frame moves to indicate the entire embroidering  
area.  
CAUTION  
•
Make sure the needle is up when the embroidery  
frame is moving. If the needle is down, it could break  
and result in injury.  
Press  
.
c
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHECKING THE PATTERN  
Press  
to select the frame used  
b
Previewing the Pattern  
in the preview.  
* Embroidery frame icons that appear in dashed line  
cannot be selected.  
Press  
.
a
* Press  
pattern.  
to enlarge the preview of the embroidery  
Memo  
• Press the “Start/Stop” button to sew the pattern as it  
appears in this screen.  
• Patterns with many stitches may take some time to  
preview.  
Press  
.
c
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Sewing Attractive Finishes  
There are many factors that go into sewing beautiful embroidery. Using the appropriate stabilizer (see page 120)  
and hooping the fabric in the frame (see page 121) are two important factors mentioned earlier. Another  
important point is the appropriateness of the needle and thread being used. See the explanation of threads  
below. Included with this machine are two bobbin cases. Follow the explanation below.  
Thread  
Upper thread  
Bobbin thread  
Use embroidery thread, or country embroidery thread intended for use with this machine.  
Other embroidery threads may not yield optimum results.  
Use embroidery bobbin thread intended for use with this machine.  
Memo  
If you use threads other than those listed above, the embroidery may not sew out correctly.  
Bobbin case  
Standard bobbin case (green marking on the screw) is in the machine for sewing and embroidery. The bobbin  
case originally installed in the machine has a green screw.  
Alternate bobbin case (pink marking) is set with tighter tension for embroidery with different weights of  
bobbin threads and a variety of embroidery techniques.  
a
aMarking Green/Pink  
See page 176 for how to remove the bobbin case.  
5
Note  
• Before embroidering, check that there is enough thread in the bobbin. If you continue sewing without enough thread in  
the bobbin, the thread may tangle.  
• Do not leave objects in the range of motion of the embroidery frame. The frame may strike the object and cause a poor  
finish to the embroidery pattern.  
• When embroidering on large garments (especially jackets or other heavy fabrics), do not let the fabric hang over the  
table. Otherwise, the embroidery unit cannot move freely, and the pattern may not turn out as planned.  
■ Embroidery Needle Plate Cover  
Under some conditions, based on the type of fabric,  
stabilizer, or thread being used, there may be some  
looping in the upper thread. In this case, attach the  
included embroidery needle plate cover to the  
needle plate. Attach the cover by inserting the two  
projections on the underside of the cover into the  
notches on the needle plate as shown below.  
CAUTION  
•
Push the embroidery needle plate cover as far as  
possible to attach it. If the embroidery needle plate  
cover is not securely attached, it may cause the  
needle to break.  
Note  
a
Do not use the embroidery needle plate cover for any  
applications other than embroidery.  
b
c
a Groove  
b Projections  
c Notches  
To remove the embroidery needle plate cover, place  
your fingernail in the groove and lift the plate out.  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Trim off the excess thread at the beginning of  
the stitching. If the thread is hidden under the  
presser foot, raise the presser foot, and then  
cut the thread.  
c
Sewing Embroidery Patterns  
Example: To embroider  
Press the “Start/Stop” button again to start  
embroidering.  
d
a
→
When the area for the first color has been sewn, the  
machine automatically trims the threads, then stops,  
and the presser foot is automatically raised.  
The next color in the embroidery color order moves  
to the top.  
Remove the thread for the first color from the  
machine, and then thread the machine with  
the thread for the second color.  
e
f
a Embroidery color order  
Memo  
Repeat these steps to embroider the  
remaining colors.  
If there are too many thread colors to be displayed,  
press to scroll through the thread colors.  
Thread the machine with thread for the first  
color, pass the thread through the hole in  
embroidery foot “U”, pull out some thread to  
give it some slack, and then lightly hold the  
end of the thread in your left hand.  
a
→
After the last stitch is sewn, the message “Finishing  
sewing” appears. Press  
previous screen.  
to return to the  
CAUTION  
•
If the thread is too tight, the needle may bend or  
break.  
* Depending on the pattern, a more attractive finish  
can be achieved by trimming the thread jumps after  
each color is embroidered.  
Lower the presser foot, and then press the  
“Start/Stop” button to start embroidering.  
After 5 or 6 stitches are sewn, press the  
“Start/Stop” button again to stop the  
machine.  
b
When the pattern is finished, trim the excess  
thread jumps (thread linking part of the  
pattern, etc.).  
g
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
After sewing is finished, remove the appliqué  
fabric from the embroidery frame, and then  
carefully cut along the stitching.  
c
Embroidering Appliqué Patterns  
There are some patterns which call for an appliqué  
inside the pattern.  
When sewing an embroidery pattern with an appliqué,  
the color sewing order display shows “Appliqué  
Material”, “Appliqué Position”, “Appliqué”, and then  
the sewing order of the colors around the appliqué.  
Note  
Carefully cut out the appliqué along the outline that  
was sewn. If the appliqué is cut out along the inside of  
the outline, the appliqué fabric may not be caught by  
the stitching. If this step is not performed correctly, the  
appliqué will not be sewn correctly. In addition,  
carefully remove any excess threads.  
Memo  
When “Appliqué Material”, “Appliqué Position” and  
“Appliqué” are displayed, a specific color does not  
appear. Use a proper color thread to match the  
appliqué piece.  
Attach iron-on stabilizer to the wrong side of  
the appliqué fabric.  
a
a
Hoop the base fabric in the embroidery  
frame.  
d
b
5
a Appliqué fabric (cotton, felt, etc.)  
b Stabilizer  
a
Hoop the appliqué fabric (from step  
a
) in  
b
the embroidery frame, and then press the  
“Start/Stop” button to sew material of the  
appliqué design.  
a Base fabric  
Press the “Start/Stop” button to sew the  
position of the appliqué.  
e
* Use the same color of thread to be used to attach the  
appliqué.  
a
b
c Outline of appliqué  
d Appliqué fabric  
a
→
The machine sews the outline of the appliqué, then  
stops.  
b
a Appliqué position  
b Base fabric  
Memo  
→
The machine sews around the position of the  
appliqué, then stops.  
The embroidering procedure is the same as the basic  
procedure described in “Sewing Embroidery Patterns”  
on page 132.  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Apply a thin layer of adhesive or spray  
adhesive to the back of the appliqué piece,  
and then attach it to the base fabric at the  
f
If the Bobbin Runs Out of Thread  
If the bobbin begins to run out of thread during  
appliqué position sewn in step  
e
.
embroidering, the machine stops and the following  
message appears. Replace the bobbin thread according  
to the following procedure. If very little sewing remains,  
press  
to sew 10 stitches without rethreading the  
machine.  
The machine stops after sewing the 10 stitches.  
Press  
.
a
Note  
If the appliqué fabric is a lightweight fabric, you may  
want to use a fusible web to stabilize the fabric and to  
attach it to the base fabric. Do not remove the base  
fabric from the embroidery frame when ironing on the  
appliqué piece.  
After the appliqué piece is attached, press the  
“Start/Stop” button to sew the appliqué.  
g
Press the “Thread Cutter” button to trim the  
threads.  
b
c
d
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to raise  
the presser foot.  
Raise the frame-securing lever, and then  
remove the embroidery frame.  
→
The appliqué is then completed.  
Memo  
Depending on the pattern that is selected, “Appliqué”  
may not appear, but instead will appear as a color. If  
“Appliqué” appears as a color, embroider using thread  
of that color.  
Change the upper thread, and then finish  
embroidering the remainder of the pattern.  
h
Note  
• Be careful not to apply a strong force to the hooped  
fabric.  
• When removing and reattaching the embroidery  
frame, do not allow the frame to hit the carriage or  
the presser foot, otherwise the pattern may become  
misaligned.  
Replace the bobbin with a full one, and then  
reattach the embroidery frame.  
e
Note  
• If glue is attached to the presser foot, needle or  
needle plate, finish embroidering the appliqué  
pattern, and then clean off the glue.  
• For best results, trim all excess threads between  
pattern parts.  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
or to move the  
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button to lower  
the presser foot.  
Press  
,
f
g
d
needle back 2 or 3 stitches before the point  
where the thread broke.  
To return to the point in the pattern where  
sewing was stopped, follow steps  
in the next section.  
c
through  
f
* If you cannot return to the point where the thread  
broke, press  
the beginning of that color. Then, press  
or to move forward slightly before  
to select a color and return to  
Memo  
,
For best results, return to a point 2 or 3 stitches before  
sewing stopped.  
the point where the thread broke.  
a
If the Thread Breaks During Sewing  
Press the “Start/Stop” button to stop the  
machine.  
a
If the upper thread broke, rethread the  
machine. If the bobbin thread broke, follow  
b
c
the instructions in steps  
a
through  
f
from  
the previous section to reinstall the bobbin.  
Press  
.
a The number of stitches that have already been sewn.  
Press  
.
5
e
Press the “Start/Stop” button to continue  
embroidering.  
f
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Restarting from the Beginning  
Adjusting the Thread Tension  
When embroidering, the thread tension should be set so  
that the upper thread can be slightly visible from the  
wrong side of the fabric. With some fabric and thread  
combinations, the thread tension may need to be  
adjusted.  
Press  
.
a
■ Correct Thread Tension  
The upper thread can be slightly visible from the  
wrong side of the fabric. If the thread tension is not  
set correctly, the stitching may be uneven, there  
may be puckering in the fabric, or the thread may  
break.  
Right side of fabric  
Wrong side of fabric  
Follow the procedures described below to adjust the  
thread tension according to the current condition.  
Press  
.
b
Note  
If the thread tension is set so that it is extremely weak, the  
machine may stop during sewing. This is not a sign of a  
malfunction. Slightly increase the thread tension to begin  
sewing again.  
Memo  
• If the machine is turned off or a different pattern is  
selected, the thread tension setting returns to its  
default.  
• When a saved pattern is retrieved, the thread  
tension setting changes to that set when the pattern  
was saved.  
→
The embroidery frame moves, returning the needle to  
the beginning of the pattern.  
Press  
.
c
Press the “Start/Stop” button.  
d
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Press  
Press  
.
■ If the Upper Thread Is Too Tight  
a
b
The upper thread is too tight when the bobbin  
thread is visible from the right side of the fabric.  
in the tension display.  
* Each press of the key increases the value and  
tightens the upper thread tension.  
Right side of fabric  
Wrong side of fabric  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
c
Automatic Thread Cutting (End Color  
Trim)  
If the automatic thread cutting setting is selected before  
embroidering, the machine will automatically cut the  
thread at the end of each color when the machine is  
stopped. To cancel the setting, press  
press again so that it appears as  
, and then  
.
Press  
in the tension display.  
b
* Each press of the key decreases the value and  
weakens the upper thread tension.  
5
Press  
.
c
■ If the Upper Thread Is Too Loose  
The upper thread is too loose when there are loose  
thread locks or when loops appear on the right side  
of the fabric.  
Right side of fabric  
Wrong side of fabric  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Changing the Embroidering Speed  
Changing the Thread Color Display  
From the following, select the thread color that appears  
in the embroidery color order display. You can change  
the thread color display on embroidery screen, to the  
thread color name, each time to embroider or the  
thread number.  
Press  
.
a
b
Press  
or  
in the “MAX EMBROIDERY  
SPEED” display on P. 2 of the screen.  
* You can choose from 3 embroidering speed levels.  
THREAD COLOR NAME  
TIME  
Memo  
• SPM is the number of stitches sewn in one minute.  
THREAD NUMBER  
• Decrease the sewing speed when embroidering on  
thin, thick, or heavy fabrics.  
• The sewing speed can be changed while  
embroidery is being sewn.  
EMBROIDERY/POLYESTER  
THREAD#  
• The maximum sewing speed setting does not  
change until a new setting is selected. The setting  
specified before the machine is turned off remains  
selected the next time that the machine is turned on.  
COUNTRY/COTTON THREAD#  
MADEIRA POLY THREAD#  
MADEIRA RAYON  
• Decrease the sewing speed to 600 spm when using  
a specialty thread like a metallic thread.  
Press  
.
c
SULKY POLY THREAD#  
ROBISON-ANTON POLY  
THREAD#  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SEWING AN EMBROIDERING PATTERN  
Example: Displaying the thread number of  
Press  
.
d
“EMBROIDERY”  
Press  
Press  
.
a
b
or  
beside  
on P. 2 of the  
screen to select the “#123”.  
→
The thread color display is changed.  
→
“EMBROIDERY” appears at the bottom.  
Press  
to select the thread brand.  
c
5
Memo  
Colors on the screen may vary slightly from actual  
spool colors.  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Embroidery Data Precautions  
Observe the following precautions when using embroidery data other than that created and saved in this machine.  
CAUTION  
•
When using embroidery data other than our original patterns, the thread or needle may break when sewing with a  
stitch density that is too fine or when sewing three or more overlapping stitches. In that case, use one of our original  
data design systems to edit the embroidery data.  
■ Types of Embroidery Data That Can Be Used  
• Only .pes, .phc, and .dst embroidery data files can be used with this machine. Using data other than that  
saved using our data design systems or sewing machines may cause the embroidery machine to malfunction.  
■ Computers and Operating Systems with the Following Specifications Can Be Used  
• Compatible models:  
IBM PC with a USB port as standard equipment  
IBM PC-compatible computer equipped with a USB port as standard equipment  
• Compatible operating systems:  
Microsoft Windows 98SE/Me/2000/XP  
(Windows 98SE requires a driver. Download the driver from our Web site (www.brother.com). In addition,  
only Windows 98 Second Edition can use the driver.).  
■ Precautions on Using the Computer to Create and Save Data  
• If the file name of embroidery data cannot be identified, for example, because the name contains special  
characters, the file is not displayed. If this occurs, change the name of the file.  
• If .pes embroidery data larger than 26 cm (H) × 16 cm (W) (approx. 10-1/4 inches (H) × 6-1/4 inches (W)) is  
selected, a message appears asking if you wish to rotate the pattern 90 degrees.  
Embroidery data larger than 26 cm (H) × 16 cm (W) (approx. 10-1/4 inches (H) × 6-1/4 inches (W)), even after  
being rotated 90 degrees, cannot be used (All designs must be within the 26 cm (H) × 16 cm (W) (approx. 10-  
1/4 inches (H) × 6-1/4 inches (W)) design field size.)  
• .pes files saved with the number of stitches or the number of colors exceeding the specified limits cannot be  
displayed. Use one of our original data design systems to edit the embroidery pattern so that it meets the  
specifications.  
• Do not create folders in Removable Disk. If embroidery data is stored in a folder, that embroidery data cannot  
be displayed by the embroidery machine.  
• Even if the embroidery unit is not attached, the machine will manage embroidery data.  
■ Tajima (.dst) Embroidery Data  
• .dst data is displayed in the pattern list screen by file name (the actual image cannot be displayed). Only the  
first eight characters of the file name can be displayed.  
• Since Tajima (.dst) data does not contain specific thread color information, it is displayed with our default  
thread color sequence. Check the preview and change the thread colors as desired.  
■ Trademarks  
• IBM is a registered trademark or a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.  
• Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its  
proprietary programs.  
All other brands and product names mentioned in this manual are registered trademarks of their respective  
®
companies. However, the explanations for markings such as and ™ are not clearly described within the text.  
140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
■ If the Memory Is Full  
Saving Embroidery Patterns in the  
Machine’s Memory  
If the following screen appears, either the maximum  
number of patterns have been saved or the pattern  
that you want to save takes a lot of memory, and the  
machine cannot save it. To save the pattern in the  
machine’s memory, you have to delete a previously  
saved pattern.  
You can save embroidery patterns that you have  
customized and will use often, for example, your name  
or other pattern combinations, patterns that have been  
rotated or resized, or patterns that have had their  
embroidering position changed.  
Press  
.
a
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
Note  
without saving the pattern.  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the pattern that  
you are saving.  
Memo  
• It takes a few seconds to save a pattern in the  
machine’s memory.  
• See page 143 for information on retrieving a saved  
pattern.  
With the pattern that you want to save displayed  
a
in the sewing screen, press  
.
Select a pattern to be deleted.  
5
b
* Press  
pocket.  
* Press  
pattern.  
to display the pattern saved in that  
if you do not want to delete the  
Press  
.
b
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the pattern.  
→
The “Saving” screen appears. When the pattern is  
saved, the previous screen appears automatically.  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Press  
.
c
Saving Embroidery Patterns to the  
Computer  
Using the included USB cable, connect the sewing  
machine to your computer so that embroidery patterns  
can be retrieved from and saved to your computer.  
c
Note  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the pattern that  
you are saving.  
a
b
Plug the USB cable connectors into the  
corresponding USB ports on the computer  
a
and on the machine.  
* The USB cable can be plugged into the USB ports  
on the computer and machine whether or not they  
are turned on.  
a Amount of memory currently being used  
b Total amount of machine memory available for saving  
patterns  
c Pockets where a pattern is saved (The amount of  
memory used by the pattern is indicated on the  
pocket.)  
a
b
Press  
.
d
* If you decide not to delete the pattern, press  
.
b
a
a USB port  
b USB cable connector  
→
The “Removable Disk” icon appears in “My  
Computer” on the computer.  
Note  
• The connectors on the USB cable can only be  
inserted into a port in one direction. If it is difficult to  
insert the connector, do not insert it with force, and  
then check the orientation of the connector.  
→
The “Saving” screen appears. When the pattern is  
saved, the previous screen appears automatically.  
• For details on the position of the USB port on the  
computer (or USB hub), refer to the instruction  
manual for the corresponding equipment.  
Memo  
• If there is enough memory available after deleting  
the pattern, the pattern that you want to save will be  
saved automatically. If there is not enough memory  
available after deleting the pattern, repeat the above  
procedure to delete another pattern from the  
machine’s memory.  
• It takes a few seconds to save a pattern in the  
machine’s memory.  
• See page 143 for more information about retrieving  
saved patterns.  
142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
With the pattern that you want to save  
displayed in the sewing screen, press  
b
Retrieving Patterns from the  
Machine’s Memory  
.
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
c
* Press  
to return to the previous screen  
without saving the pattern.  
→
The pocket selection screen appears.  
Select a pattern to be retrieved.  
b
* Press  
to display the pattern saved in the  
5
selected pocket.  
* If you decide not to retrieve the pattern, press  
.
→
The pattern is temporarily saved to “Removable Disk”  
under “My Computer”.  
Select the pattern’s .phc file in “Removable  
Disk”, and copy the file to the computer.  
d
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Press  
.
c
Retrieving Patterns from the  
Computer  
Plug the USB cable connectors into the  
corresponding USB ports on the computer  
and on the machine (see page 142).  
a
The “Removable Disk” icon appears in “My  
Computer” on the computer.  
b
→
The sewing screen appears.  
Copy the pattern data to “Removable Disk”.  
c
→
Pattern data in “Removable Disk” is written to the  
machine.  
Note  
• While data is being written, do not disconnect the  
USB cable.  
• Do not create folders within “Removable Disk”.  
Since folders are not displayed, pattern data within  
folders cannot be retrieved.  
• While the machine is sewing, do not write data to or  
delete data from “Removable Disk”.  
144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Press  
.
Press  
.
d
f
a
a Amount of memory used by the selected pattern  
→
The pattern selection screen appears.  
→
The sewing screen appears.  
Select an embroidery pattern to be retrieved.  
e
* If you decide not to retrieve the pattern, press  
Β
.
CAUTION  
•
When disconnecting the USB cable:  
Before disconnecting the USB cable, click the  
"Unplug or Eject Hardware" icon in the taskbar of  
a
b
c
d
®
5
Windows Me/2000 or the "Safely Remove  
®
Hardware" icon in the taskbar of Windows XP.  
Then, when the removable disk has been removed  
safely, disconnect the USB cable from the computer  
and the machine.  
e
f
With Windows 98SE, check that the Access  
lamp is not flashing before disconnecting the  
USB cable from the computer and the  
machine.  
a PHC data  
b PES data  
c Large-size embroidery pattern data  
d DST data  
Note  
e Amount of memory currently being used  
f Total amount of “Removable Disk” memory available  
for saving patterns  
• Be sure to perform the operation described above  
before disconnecting the USB cable from the  
computer and the machine, otherwise the computer  
may malfunction, the data may not be written  
correctly, or the data or data writing area on the  
machine may be damaged.  
Memo  
• If there are 13 or more patterns saved in  
• The pattern retrieved from the computer is only  
temporarily written to the machine. It is erased from  
the machine when the machine is turned off. If you  
wish to keep the pattern, store it in the machine (see  
“Saving Embroidery Patterns in the Machine’s  
Memory” on page 141).  
“Removable Disk”, the patterns cannot be displayed.  
When the message “Only 12 patterns can be saved.  
Reduce the number of patterns.” appears, delete  
patterns from “Removable Disk” so that it contains  
no more than 12 patterns. Then, close the error  
message, repeat the procedure starting from step  
d
and then press  
to retrieve the pattern.  
• For details on large-size embroidery patterns, refer  
to PE-DESIGN Instruction Manual.  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS  
Apply a thin layer of fabric glue or temporary  
spray adhesive to the back of the appliqué  
c
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an  
Appliqué (1)  
piece cut out in step  
a
, and then attach the  
appliqué to the base fabric within the outline.  
You can use frame patterns of the same size and shape  
to create an appliqué. Embroider one pattern with a  
straight stitch and the other pattern with a satin stitch.  
Select a straight stitch frame pattern,  
embroider the pattern onto the appliqué  
a
fabric, and then neatly cut around the outside  
of the stitching.  
Select the satin stitch frame pattern of the  
same shape, and then embroider over the  
d
appliqué and base fabric from step  
c
.
Note  
If the size or embroidering position of the straight stitch  
frame pattern was changed, be sure to change the  
size or embroidering position of the satin stitch frame  
pattern in the same way.  
Embroider the same pattern on the base  
fabric.  
b
a
a Appliqué fabric  
146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS  
Remove the embroidery frame from the  
machine, and then cut around the outside of  
the stitching.  
d
Using a Frame Pattern to Make an  
Appliqué (2)  
This is a second method for making appliqués using  
embroidery patterns. With this method, there is no need  
to change the fabric in the embroidery frame. To make  
the appliqué, embroider one pattern with a straight  
stitch and the other pattern with a satin stitch.  
Select a straight stitch frame pattern, and then  
embroider the pattern onto the base fabric.  
a
Note  
Leave the fabric in the embroidery frame when cutting  
off the excess appliqué fabric. In addition, do not apply  
extreme pressure to the framed fabric, otherwise the  
fabric could become loose.  
Select the satin stitch frame pattern of the  
same shape as the appliqué.  
e
5
Place the appliqué fabric over the pattern  
b
embroidered in step  
a
. Make sure that the  
appliqué fabric completely covers the  
stitching.  
Note  
Do not change the size or embroidering position of the  
pattern.  
Attach the embroidery frame removed in step  
f
Embroider the same pattern on the appliqué  
fabric.  
d
, and then embroider the pattern.  
c
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EMBROIDERY APPLICATIONS  
148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
6
Embroidery Edit  
AVAILABLE EDITING FUNCTIONS...................................................150  
■ Combined Patterns........................................................................................................150  
■ Move Patterns ...............................................................................................................150  
■ Rotate Patterns..............................................................................................................150  
■ Enlarge or Reduce Patterns............................................................................................150  
■ Create Mirror Images ....................................................................................................150  
■ Change Character Spacing ............................................................................................150  
■ Change Character Appearance/Layout..........................................................................150  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT .......................................................151  
Selecting One-point Patterns/Floral Patterns/Frame Patterns ...............................151  
Alphabet Patterns..................................................................................................152  
EDITING PATTERNS..........................................................................154  
■ Key Functions................................................................................................................154  
Moving the Pattern................................................................................................155  
Rotating the Pattern ..............................................................................................155  
Changing the Size of the Pattern ...........................................................................156  
Deleting the Pattern..............................................................................................156  
Changing the Configuration of Character Patterns................................................157  
Changing the Character Spacing ...........................................................................157  
Changing the Color of Each Character in a Pattern...............................................158  
After Editing..........................................................................................................158  
COMBINING PATTERNS...................................................................159  
Editing Combined Patterns....................................................................................159  
Sewing Combined Patterns....................................................................................162  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION...................................................162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AVAILABLE EDITING FUNCTIONS  
AVAILABLE EDITING FUNCTIONS  
With the Embroidery Edit functions, you can change the size of patterns, rotate patterns, adjust the character spacing  
and layout, and perform many other editing operations. In addition, characters and patterns can be combined and  
rearranged within the 26 cm × 16 cm (approx. 10 - 1/4 inches × 6 - 1/4 inches) embroidering area. With the  
Embroidery Edit functions, you can combine various patterns and characters to create original patches and  
embroidery.  
■ Combined Patterns  
You can easily create combinations of one-point patterns, frame patterns, character patterns, and patterns from separately  
sold embroidery cards.  
■ Move Patterns  
Within the 26 cm × 16 cm (approx. 10 - 1/4 inches × 6 - 1/4 inches) embroidery area, you can change the position of  
patterns, and check their position on the LCD.  
■ Rotate Patterns  
You can rotate patterns one degree, 10 degrees or 90 degrees at a time.  
■ Enlarge or Reduce Patterns  
You can make patterns larger or smaller.  
• This function is not available with some patterns.  
■ Create Mirror Images  
You can create horizontal mirror images of patterns.  
• This function is not available with some patterns.  
■ Change Character Spacing  
You can increase or decrease the spacing between characters in combined patterns.  
■ Change Character Appearance/Layout  
You can change the layout of the characters to a curved line, a diagonal line, or any of the 6 choices available.  
150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT  
Attach the embroidery unit, prepare the machine for embroidering according to the instructions on page 110, and  
then press  
to display the screen shown below.  
b
c
a
d
f
g
e
One-point patt  
erns  
a One-point patterns  
b Floral patterns  
c Alphabet patterns  
d Frame patterns  
Memo  
For details on the pattern selection screen, see page  
114 or the Quick Reference Guide.  
e Embroidery cards (sold separately)  
f Patterns saved in the machine’s memory  
g Patterns saved on the computer  
Select an embroidery pattern.  
b
6
Selecting One-point Patterns/Floral  
Patterns/Frame Patterns  
* For details on selecting patterns, see page 115 and  
page 117.  
Select the category of the pattern.  
a
→ The selected pattern is highlighted.  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT  
Press  
.
c
Alphabet Patterns  
With the Embroidery Edit functions, you can edit the  
appearance of a character at the same time that you  
enter it.  
Press  
.
a
→ The selected pattern appears in the screen.  
Continue with “EDITING PATTERNS” on  
page 154.  
d
Select the character style, and then enter the  
characters.  
b
* For details on selecting characters, see page 116.  
* Press  
characters.  
to view an image of all entered  
152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SELECTING PATTERNS TO EDIT  
Press  
to change the layout of the  
Press  
.
c
f
pattern.  
a
→ The embroidery edit screen appears.  
a Layout of characters  
Continue with see “EDITING PATTERNS” on  
page 154.  
Memo  
g
The layout of the characters appears in the upper-left  
corner of the screen.  
Select the layout.  
d
6
→ The displayed character layout changes.  
Press  
to return to the previous screen.  
e
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING PATTERNS  
EDITING PATTERNS  
e
a
f
g
b
c
d
i
h
m
j
k
l
n
o
a
b
c
d
Shows the size of the entire combined pattern.  
Shows the size of the pattern currently selected.  
Shows the distance from the center of frame.  
Shows the degree of rotation for the selected pattern.  
■ Key Functions  
No.  
Key  
Name  
Image key  
Function  
Page  
Press this key to display a preview of the embroidery pattern.  
130  
e
Pattern selection key  
Delete key  
Press this key to select the pattern to be edited when multiple patterns have been  
combined.  
156  
156  
f
g
Press this key to delete the selected pattern (pattern that appears darker).  
Rotate key  
Size key  
Press this key to rotate the pattern. You can rotate the pattern one degree, 10  
degrees or 90 degrees at a time.  
155  
156  
h
i
Press this key to change the size of the pattern. Patterns can be enlarged or  
reduced.  
Horizontal mirror image Press this key to create a horizontal mirror image of the selected pattern.  
key  
127  
155  
j
k
Arrow keys  
Press these keys to move the pattern in the direction indicated by the arrow on the  
key.  
(
Center key)  
Edit end key  
Press this key to continue to the next step.  
158  
158  
l
m
Multi color key  
Press this key to change the color of individual characters in a pattern. Press  
to embroider each character in a different color.  
Spacing key  
Array key  
Press this key to change the spacing of character patterns.  
157  
157  
n
o
Press this key to change the configuration of a character pattern.  
Note  
Keys that appear in dashed lines are not available with the selected pattern.  
154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING PATTERNS  
Select the angle that the pattern is rotated.  
b
Moving the Pattern  
* Press  
left.  
to rotate the pattern 90 degrees to the  
to rotate the pattern 90 degrees to the  
to rotate the pattern 10 degrees to the  
to rotate the pattern 10 degrees to the  
Press  
to move the pattern in the direction  
* Press  
right.  
shown on the key.  
Press to center the pattern.  
* Press  
left.  
* Press  
right.  
* Press  
to rotate the pattern 1 degree to the left.  
to rotate the pattern 1 degree to the  
* Press  
right.  
* Press  
to return the pattern to its original  
position.  
a
a Distance from the center  
a
Rotating the Pattern  
Press  
.
a
6
a Degree of rotation  
Press  
.
c
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING PATTERNS  
Changing the Size of the Pattern  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
c
Select the direction in which the size is  
changed.  
b
* Press  
to reduce the pattern proportionately.  
* Press  
* Press  
to enlarge the pattern proportionately.  
to reduce the pattern vertically.  
* Press  
to enlarge the pattern vertically.  
* Press  
* Press  
* Press  
to reduce the pattern horizontally.  
to enlarge the pattern horizontally.  
to return the pattern to its original size.  
Deleting the Pattern  
Press  
then press  
to select the pattern to be deleted, and  
.
* The darker pattern will be deleted.  
a
a Size of the pattern  
156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING PATTERNS  
Changing the Configuration of  
Character Patterns  
Changing the Character Spacing  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
a
Press  
or  
.
b
Select the layout.  
b
* Press  
* Press  
* Press  
to widen the character spacing.  
to tighten the character spacing.  
to return the pattern to its original  
* After selecting an arc layout, press  
expand the arc.  
to  
to  
* After selecting an arc layout, press  
reduce the arc.  
spacing.  
6
Press  
to adjust the position.  
c
d
* Press  
to center the pattern.  
Press  
to adjust the position.  
Press  
.
c
d
* Press  
to center the pattern.  
Press  
.
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EDITING PATTERNS  
Press  
to embroider the edited  
Changing the Color of Each Character  
in a Pattern  
b
pattern.  
* Press  
to return to the embroidery edit screen.  
Press  
so that it appears as  
. The machine  
will stop after each character is embroidered so the  
thread can be changed.  
Memo  
For details on combining patterns, see page 159.  
Memo  
The multi color settings can also be set from the  
sewing screen. For details, see page 128.  
After Editing  
Press  
.
a
158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING PATTERNS  
COMBINING PATTERNS  
This section will describe how to combine characters and embroidery patterns.  
Press  
.
c
Editing Combined Patterns  
Press  
.
a
Press  
.
d
6
Press  
on P. 1 of the screen.  
b
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING PATTERNS  
Press  
.
Enter “WELCOME”.  
e
g
* For details on selecting characters, see page 116.  
* After entering “W“, press  
to change the size  
to M, then enter the remaining characters.  
* Press  
characters.  
to view an image of all entered  
Press  
.
f
Press  
.
h
160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COMBINING PATTERNS  
Press  
to change the layout of the  
i
Press  
.
k
characters.  
* For details, see page 157.  
Press  
.
l
Press  
to adjust the position of the  
j
characters.  
6
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
Embroider  
according to the color  
Sewing Combined Patterns  
b
order on the right side of the screen.  
Combined patterns will be embroidered in the order  
that they were entered. In this example, the embroider  
order will be as follows. For details, see “Sewing  
Embroidery Patterns” on page 132.  
→
Press  
.
a
Embroider  
.
c
→ When “WELCOME” is completed, the message  
“Finished sewing” appears.  
Press  
to return to the previous screen.  
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION  
In the same way that embroidery patterns are saved and retrieved in chapter 5, you can save edited embroidery  
patterns to the machine’s memory and retrieve them later. In addition, these edited embroidery patterns can be  
saved to a computer, and embroidery patterns created and edited using other data design systems can be retrieved  
from the computer.  
For details on saving and retrieving embroidery patterns, see “USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION” on page 140.  
162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
7
MY CUSTOM  
STITCH  
DESIGNING A STITCH......................................................................164  
■ Examples of Custom Stitches.........................................................................................165  
ENTERING STITCH DATA .................................................................166  
■ Key Functions................................................................................................................166  
■ Moving a Point ..............................................................................................................168  
■ Moving Part or All of the Design...................................................................................169  
■ Inserting New Points .....................................................................................................170  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES ...............................................171  
Saving Custom Stitches in the Machine’s Memory ................................................171  
■ If the Memory Is Full.....................................................................................................171  
Saving Custom Stitches to the Computer ..............................................................172  
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the Machine’s Memory......................................173  
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the Computer ....................................................173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DESIGNING A STITCH  
DESIGNING A STITCH  
™
Decide the spacing of the stitch.  
By using the MY CUSTOM STITCH function, you can  
b
register stitches you have created yourself.  
* By adjusting the spacing of a stitch, you can create various  
patterns with one stitch.  
Memo  
• Stitches that you create with MY CUSTOM  
™
STITCH can be a maximum of 7 mm (approx. 9/32  
inch) wide and 37 mm (approx. 1-1/3 inches) long.  
• Stitches can be designed more easily with MY  
™
CUSTOM STITCH if you first draw the stitch on  
the included grid sheet.  
Draw the stitch design on the grid sheet (part  
code SA507, X81277-050).  
a
Memo  
Simplify the design so that it can be sewn as a  
continuous line. For a more attractive stitch, close the  
design by intersecting lines.  
Place points where the pattern intersects with  
the grid, and connect all the points with a  
line.  
c
If the design is to be repeated and linked, the start  
point and end point of the design should be at the  
same height.  
Determine the x and y coordinates of each of  
the marked points.  
d
Memo  
This will determine the stitch design that will be sewn.  
164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DESIGNING A STITCH  
■ Examples of Custom Stitches  
Stitch  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
0
12  
18  
22  
23  
21  
17  
14  
12  
9
6
3
1
3
6
0
0
3
6
10  
13  
14  
13  
11  
13  
14  
13  
10  
6
3
Stitch 16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
12  
41  
43  
40  
41  
38  
35  
32  
30  
32  
35  
41  
45  
47  
44  
0
0
4
7
11  
13  
14  
13  
10  
6
3
0
0
4
7
Stitch 31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
45  
47  
50  
54  
56  
55  
51  
45  
70  
11  
13  
14  
13  
10  
6
3
0
0
Stitch  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
0
30  
32  
32  
32  
33  
35  
35  
37  
35  
32  
30  
30  
29  
26  
0
0
1
7
10  
12  
11  
8
12  
14  
14  
11  
5
3
8
Stitch 16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
24  
18  
13  
12  
13  
10  
12  
8
12  
7
12  
6
10  
5
10  
10  
13  
14  
14  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
6
6
3
2
0
2
Stitch 31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
16  
19  
23  
22  
17  
22  
23  
19  
42  
1
0
0
6
10  
6
0
0
0
Stitch  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
0
3
5
8
12  
17  
20  
24  
27  
29  
31  
32  
30  
27  
24  
0
5
8
11  
13  
14  
14  
13  
12  
11  
9
6
3
1
0
Stitch 16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
21  
18  
16  
15  
15  
16  
18  
21  
25  
28  
33  
37  
41  
43  
44  
0
1
3
5
8
10  
12  
13  
14  
14  
13  
11  
8
5
0
Stitch 31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
7
Stitch  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
0
5
4
5
8
7
8
11  
11  
11  
16  
11  
7
4
0
7
7
3
7
7
0
7
7
3
7
7
3
0
3
7
Stitch 16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
4
7
11  
16  
21  
20  
21  
24  
23  
24  
27  
27  
27  
32  
27  
11  
14  
11  
7
7
11  
7
7
14  
7
7
11  
7
7
11  
Stitch 31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
23  
20  
16  
20  
23  
27  
32  
14  
11  
7
3
0
3
7
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
■ Key Functions  
d
c
b
a
f
e
h
g
k
i
j
m
l
a
b
This area displays the stitch being created.  
Displays the number of the present set point over the total number of points in the stitch.  
c
Displays the y-coordinate of  
over the x-coordinate of  
.
No.  
Display  
Key Name  
Grid direction key  
Explanation  
Press this key to change the direction of the grid sheet.  
Page  
d
167  
e
Single/triple stitching key Press this key to select whether one or three stitches will be sewn  
between two points.  
167  
f
g
h
i
j
Point delete key  
Block move key  
Insert key  
Press this key to delete a selected point.  
167  
169  
Press this key to group points together and move them together.  
Press this key to insert new points on the stitch design.  
Press this key to set a point on the stitch design.  
170  
Set key  
167-168  
167-168  
Arrow keys  
Use these keys to move  
over the display area.  
k
168, 170  
Point-to-point key  
Use these keys to move  
from point to point on the stitch, or to  
the first or last point entered on the stitch.  
l
m
Return key  
Sewing key  
Press this key to exit the entering stitch data screen.  
168  
168  
Press this key to sew the stitch being created.  
166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
to add the point indicated by .  
Press  
Press  
.
Press  
a
b
d
.
Select whether one stitch or three stitches  
will be sewn between the first two points.  
e
* To sew three stitches, press the key so that it appears as  
.
Use  
to move  
to the coordinates  
c
of the first point on the grid sheet.  
Use  
to move  
.
to the second point  
f
→ Press  
to change the direction of the grid  
and press  
sheet.  
b
a
7
Repeat the steps above for each point that  
you have drawn on the grid sheet until the  
stitch design is drawn on the screen as a  
continuous line.  
g
a Currently selected point/Total number of points  
b Coordinates of  
Memo  
* Press  
to delete a selected point entered.  
You can also use the touch pen to enter data.  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
Press  
.
■ Moving a Point  
Press or  
h
to move  
that you want to move.  
to the point  
a
* To move  
* To move  
to the first point, press  
to the last point, press  
.
.
* You can also move  
by using the touch pen.  
Memo  
• If you have entered points that are too close  
together, the fabric may not feed properly. Edit the  
stitch data to leave a larger space between points.  
• If the stitch design is to be repeated and linked,  
make sure that linking stitches are added so that the  
stitch designs will not overlap.  
Use  
to move the point.  
b
a
a Linking stitches  
If necessary, adjust any settings, such as the  
stitch width and stitch length.  
i
* Press  
* Press  
to return to the stitch selection screen.  
to edit the custom stitch being created.  
168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
Press  
or  
to move the section.  
■ Moving Part or All of the Design  
c
Press  
or  
to move  
to the first  
a
point of the section that you want to move.  
* To move  
* To move  
to the first point, press  
to the last point, press  
.
.
* You can also move  
by using the touch pen.  
Press  
.
d
Press  
.
b
→ The section will be moved.  
7
→ The selected point and all points that were entered  
after it are selected.  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ENTERING STITCH DATA  
■ Inserting New Points  
Press  
or  
to move  
to a place on  
a
Use  
to move the point.  
c
the design where you want to add a new  
point.  
* To move  
* To move  
to the first point, press  
to the last point, press  
.
.
* You can also move  
by using the touch pen.  
Press  
.
b
→ A new point is entered and  
moves to it.  
170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES  
Press  
.
b
Saving Custom Stitches in the  
Machine’s Memory  
* Press  
to return to the previous screen without  
saving the custom stitch.  
Stitch patterns created using the MY CUSTOM  
STITCH™ function can be saved for later use.  
The machine’s memory can hold up to 16 custom  
stitches.  
Note  
Do not turn off the machine while the “Saving” screen  
is displayed, otherwise you may lose the custom  
stitches that you are saving.  
Memo  
• It takes a few seconds to save a custom stitch in the  
machine’s memory.  
• See page 173 for information on retrieving a saved  
stitch pattern.  
→ The “Saving” screen appears. When the custom  
stitch is saved, the previous screen appears  
automatically.  
Press  
.
a
■ If the Memory Is Full  
If this screen appears while you are trying to save a  
custom stitch on the machine’s memory, the  
memory is too full to hold the currently selected  
custom stitch. To save the custom stitch in the  
machine’s memory, you have to delete a previously  
saved custom stitch.  
Press  
.
a
* Press  
to return to the previous screen without  
saving the custom stitch.  
7
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES  
Select a custom stitch to be deleted.  
Press  
.
b
d
* If you decide not to delete the custom stitch, press  
* Press  
pocket. If the entire saved custom stitch cannot be  
displayed, press to view the entire custom stitch.  
to display the custom stitch saved in that  
.
* Press  
stitch.  
if you do not want to delete the custom  
a
→ The old custom stitch is deleted, and the new  
custom stitch is automatically saved.  
Saving Custom Stitches to the  
Computer  
a Pockets holding saved custom stitches  
Press  
.
c
Using the included USB cable, connect the sewing  
machine to your computer so that custom stitches can  
be saved to your computer.  
For details on saving custom stitches, see “Saving Stitch  
Patterns to the Computer” on page 105.  
→ A confirmation message appears.  
172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES  
Press  
.
c
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the  
Machine’s Memory  
* Press  
to delete the custom stitch.  
Press  
.
a
→ The selected custom stitch is retrieved and the  
sewing screen appears.  
→ The pocket selection screen appears.  
Retrieving Custom Stitches from the  
Computer  
Select a custom stitch to be retrieved.  
b
* Press  
appears. If the entire saved custom stitch cannot be  
displayed, press to view the entire custom stitch.  
to return to the previous screen without  
so that the custom stitch saved in that pocket  
Using the included USB cable, connect the sewing  
machine to your computer so that custom stitches can  
be retrieved from your computer.  
For details on retrieving custom stitches, see “Retrieving  
Stitch Patterns from the Computer” on page 107.  
* Press  
saving the custom stitch.  
a
7
a Pockets holding saved custom stitches  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USING STORED CUSTOM STITCHES  
174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter  
8
Appendix  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE..............................................................176  
Cleaning the LCD..................................................................................................176  
Cleaning the Machine Casing................................................................................176  
Cleaning the Race .................................................................................................176  
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN .................................................................178  
Screen Visibility Is Low .........................................................................................178  
Touch Panel Is Malfunctioning..............................................................................178  
TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................................180  
ERROR MESSAGES.............................................................................183  
■ Alarm ............................................................................................................................187  
SPECIFICATIONS...............................................................................188  
UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE’S SOFTWARE .................................189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE  
CAUTION  
• Be sure to unplug the machine before cleaning it. Otherwise, electric shock or injury may result.  
Grasp the bobbin case, and then pull it out.  
g
Cleaning the LCD  
If the surface of the LCD is dirty, lightly wipe it with a  
soft dry cloth. Do not use organic solvents or  
detergents.  
Cleaning the Machine Casing  
If the surface of the machine is dirty, dampen a cloth  
a
with a neutral detergent, wring it out firmly, and then  
wipe the surface. Then, wipe again with a dry cloth.  
a Bobbin case  
Use the included cleaning brush or a vacuum  
cleaner to remove any lint and dust from the  
Cleaning the Race  
h
race and its surrounding area.  
If dust or dirt collects in the race or bobbin case, the  
machine will not run well, and the bobbin thread  
detection function may not operate.  
Keep the machine clean for best results.  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise  
the needle.  
a
Lower the presser foot.  
a
b
b
Turn off the machine.  
c
a Cleaning brush  
b Race  
Remove the needle and the presser foot  
holder (see page 33 through 35).  
d
Note  
Remove the flat bed attachment or the  
embroidery unit if either is attached.  
e
f
Do not apply oil to the race.  
Grasp both sides of the needle plate cover,  
and then slide it toward you.  
a
a Needle plate cover  
176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE  
Insert the bobbin case so that the projection  
on the bobbin case aligns with the spring.  
Insert the tabs on the needle plate cover into  
the needle plate, and then slide the cover  
back into place.  
i
j
a
b
a
b
b
a
a Needle plate cover  
b Tabs  
a Projection  
b Spring  
Note  
• Never use a bobbin case that is scratched;  
otherwise, the upper thread may become tangled,  
the needle may break, or sewing performance may  
suffer.  
• For a new bobbin case (part code: XC3153-  
151(green marking on the screw) (for sewing and  
embroidering with bobbin thread recommended by  
Brother) or XC8167-151 (pink marking on the screw)  
(for embroidering with bobbin threads from other  
manufacturers)), contact your nearest authorized  
dealer (see page 131).  
• Be sure that the bobbin case is correctly installed.  
Otherwise, the needle may break.  
8
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN  
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN  
Screen Visibility Is Low  
Touch Panel Is Malfunctioning  
If the screen is difficult to read when the machine is  
turned on, follow the procedure described below.  
If the screen does not respond correctly when a key is  
pressed (the machine does not perform the operation or  
performs a different operation), follow the procedure  
described below to make the proper adjustments.  
Turn off the machine, hold your finger  
a
anywhere on the screen, and then turn the  
machine on.  
Turn off the machine, hold your finger  
a
anywhere on the screen, and then turn the  
machine on.  
→ The BRIGHTNESS OF LCD screen appears.  
Memo  
→ The BRIGHTNESS OF LCD screen appears.  
Continue touching the LCD until the screen shown  
below appears.  
Press the “Presser Foot Lifter” button.  
b
Press  
or  
to adjust the brightness of  
b
the screen.  
→ The touch panel adjustment screen appears.  
Turn the machine off, then on again.  
c
178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN  
Using the included touch pen, lightly touch  
the center of each ×, in order from 1 to 5.  
c
* If the buzzer sounds one time after you press  
number 5, the operation is finished, and “SUCESS”  
appears on the screen.  
If the buzzer sounds twice, there was an error. In  
this case, repeat the steps above.  
Note  
Only use the included touch pen to touch the screen.  
Do not use a mechanical pencil, screwdriver or any  
other hard or sharp object. Do not apply a strong force  
to the display, otherwise damage to the display may  
result.  
After making the necessary touch panel  
adjustment, turn the machine off, then on  
again.  
d
Note  
If you finish the touch panel adjustment and the screen  
still does not respond, or if you cannot complete the  
adjustment, contact your authorized dealer.  
8
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
If you have a minor problem with your sewing machine, check the following solutions. If the solutions suggested do  
not correct the problem, contact your authorized dealer.  
Memo  
This machine is equipped with a simple troubleshooting feature that can be used in case minor problems occur during  
sewing. Press  
, and then press  
to display a list of problems. Press the key for the  
appropriate problem, and then check for the causes that are displayed.  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Page  
Upper thread breaks  
The machine was threaded incorrectly (the spool Rethread the machine correctly.  
is installed incorrectly, the wrong spool cap was  
used, the needle bar thread guide did not catch  
the thread, etc.).  
28  
The thread is knotted or tangled.  
Remove the knots and tangles.  
−
The thread is too thick for the needle.  
Check the table of fabric, thread and needle  
combinations, and select the appropriate  
combination.  
36  
The upper thread tension is too strong.  
The thread is tangled.  
Adjust the thread tension.  
43  
Use scissors, etc., to cut the tangled thread and  
remove it from the race, etc.  
−
The needle is bent or blunt.  
Replace the needle with a new one.  
Reinstall the needle correctly.  
34  
34  
−
The needle is installed incorrectly.  
There are scratches around the hole in the  
needle plate.  
Replace the needle plate, or consult your  
authorized dealer.  
There are scratches around the hole in the  
presser foot.  
Replace the presser foot, or consult your  
authorized dealer.  
−
−
There are scratches on the race.  
Replace the race, or consult your authorized  
dealer.  
Bobbin thread breaks  
Skipped stitches  
Bobbin is set incorrectly.  
Reset the bobbin correctly.  
Replace the bobbin.  
27  
There are scratches on the bobbin or it doesn’t  
rotate properly.  
−
The thread is tangled.  
Use scissors etc., to cut the tangled thread and  
remove it from the race, etc.  
−
The machine is threaded incorrectly.  
Check the procedure for threading the machine  
and rethread it correctly.  
28  
36  
The thread or needle is not suitable for the type Check the table of fabric, thread and needle  
of fabric being sewn.  
combinations, and select the appropriate  
combination.  
The needle is bent or blunt.  
The needle is installed incorrectly.  
The needle is defective.  
Replace the needle with a new one.  
Reinstall the needle correctly.  
Replace the needle.  
34  
34  
34  
Dust or lint has collected under the needle plate. Remove the dust or lint with the brush.  
176  
27, 28  
Fabric puckers  
The upper or bobbin threading is incorrect.  
Check the procedure for threading the machine  
and rethread it correctly.  
The spool is installed incorrectly.  
Reinstall the spool correctly.  
28  
36  
The thread or needle is not suitable for the type Check the table of fabric, thread and needle  
of fabric being sewn.  
combinations, and select the appropriate  
combination.  
The needle is bent or blunt.  
Replace the needle with a new one.  
Shorten the stitch length.  
34  
42  
The stitches are too long for sewing lightweight  
fabrics.  
The thread tension is set incorrectly.  
The wrong presser foot was used.  
Adjust the thread tension.  
43  
Attach the correct presser foot.  
191  
180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Remove the dust or lint.  
Clean the race.  
Page  
High-pitched sound while Dust or lint is caught in the feed dogs.  
176  
176  
sewing  
Pieces of thread are caught in the race.  
The upper threading is incorrect.  
Check the procedure for threading the machine  
and rethread it correctly.  
28  
There are scratches on the race.  
Replace the race, or consult your authorized  
dealer.  
−
Cannot thread the needle The needle is not in the correct position.  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise the  
needle.  
11  
11  
The threading hook does not pass through the  
eye of the needle.  
Press the “Needle Position” button to raise the  
needle.  
The needle is installed incorrectly.  
Reinstall the needle correctly.  
34  
28  
Thread tension is incorrect The upper threading is incorrect.  
Check the procedure for threading the machine  
and rethread it correctly.  
27  
36  
Bobbin is set incorrectly.  
Reset the bobbin thread correctly.  
The thread or needle is not suitable for the type Check the table of fabric, thread and needle  
of fabric being sewn.  
combinations, and select the appropriate  
combination.  
63  
The presser foot holder is not attached  
correctly.  
Reattach the presser foot holder correctly.  
The thread tension is set incorrectly.  
Adjust the thread tension.  
43  
191  
92  
Character pattern does not The wrong presser foot was used.  
sew out correctly  
Attach the correct presser foot.  
Pattern adjustment settings were set incorrectly. Correct the pattern adjustment settings.  
A stabilizer material was not used on lightweight Attach a stabilizer material.  
fabrics or stretch fabrics.  
120  
The thread tension is set incorrectly.  
The thread is tangled.  
Adjust the thread tension.  
43  
Embroidery pattern does  
not sew out correctly  
Use scissors, etc., to cut the tangled thread and  
remove it from the race, etc.  
−
The fabric is incorrectly hooped in the embroidery If the fabric is not stretched tight in the frame, the  
122  
120  
frame (fabric was loose, etc.).  
pattern may be sewn incorrectly or there may be  
shrinkage of the pattern. Hoop the fabric correctly  
in the frame.  
A stabilizer material was not attached.  
Always use stabilizer material, especially with  
stretch fabrics, lightweight fabrics, fabrics with a  
coarse weave, or fabrics that often cause pattern  
shrinkage. Contact your authorized retailer for  
the proper stabilizer.  
There was an object placed near the machine,  
and the carriage or embroidery frame hit the  
object during sewing.  
If the frame bumps something during sewing, the  
pattern will turn out poorly. Do not place anything  
in the area where the frame may bump it during  
sewing.  
−
Fabric outside of the frame edges interferes with Rehoop the fabric in the embroidery frame so  
122  
the sewing arm, so the embroidery unit cannot  
move.  
that excess fabric is away from the sewing arm,  
and rotate the pattern 180 degrees.  
The fabric is too heavy, so the embroidery unit  
cannot move freely.  
Place a thick book or similar object under the arm  
head to lightly lift the heavy side and keep it level.  
−
Fabric is hanging off the table.  
If fabric is hanging off the table while  
embroidering, the embroidery unit will not move  
freely. Position the fabric so that it does not hang  
off the table or hold the fabric to keep it from  
dragging.  
131  
8
The fabric is snagged or caught on something.  
Stop the machine, and then correctly position the  
fabric so that it does not get caught or snagged.  
−
Embroidery frame was removed during sewing  
(for example, to reset the bobbin). The presser  
foot was bumped or moved while removing or  
attaching the embroidery frame, or the  
embroidery unit was moved.  
If the presser foot is bumped or the embroidery  
unit is moved during sewing, the pattern will not  
turn out correctly. Be careful when removing or  
reattaching the embroidery frame during sewing.  
134  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Page  
Needle breaks  
The needle is installed incorrectly.  
The needle clamp screw is not tightened.  
The needle is bent or blunt.  
Reinstall the needle correctly.  
34  
35  
34  
36  
Tighten the needle clamp screw.  
Replace the needle with a new one.  
The thread or needle is not suitable for the type Check the table of fabric, thread and needle  
of fabric being sewn.  
combinations, and select the appropriate  
combination.  
The wrong presser foot was used.  
The upper thread tension is too strong.  
The fabric is pulled during sewing.  
The spool is installed incorrectly.  
Attach the correct presser foot.  
Adjust the thread tension.  
191  
43  
−
Do not pull the fabric during sewing.  
Reinstall the spool correctly.  
29  
−
There are scratches around the hole in the  
needle plate.  
Replace the needle plate, or consult your  
authorized retailer.  
There are scratches around the hole(s) in the  
presser foot.  
Replace the presser foot, or consult your  
authorized retailer.  
−
−
There are scratches on the race.  
Replace the race, or consult your authorized  
retailer.  
The needle is defective.  
Replace the needle.  
34  
81  
Fabric does not feed  
through the machine  
The feed dogs are lowered.  
Use the feed dog position switch to raise the feed  
dogs.  
The stitches are too close together.  
The wrong presser foot was used.  
The needle is bent or blunt.  
The thread is tangled.  
Lengthen the stitch length.  
42  
191  
34  
−
Attach the correct presser foot.  
Replace the needle with a new one.  
Use scissors, etc., to cut the tangled thread and  
remove it from the race, etc.  
Machine does not operate There is no pattern selected.  
The “Start/Stop” button was not pressed.  
Select a pattern.  
48, 88, 114, 151  
Press the “Start/Stop” button.  
Turn the main power to on.  
Lower the presser foot.  
38  
16  
The main power switch is not turned on.  
The presser foot is not lowered.  
38  
The “Start/Stop” button was pressed while the  
foot controller is connected.  
Remove the foot controller, or use the foot  
controller to operate the machine.  
11,39  
The foot controller was pressed to begin  
embroidering.  
Remove the foot controller and use the “Start/  
Stop” button to operate the machine.  
11  
Embroidery unit does not There is no pattern selected.  
Select a pattern.  
48, 88, 114, 151  
operate  
The main power switch is not turned on.  
Turn the main power to on.  
Reattach the embroidery unit correctly.  
16  
The embroidery unit is not attached correctly.  
112  
113  
The embroidery frame was attached before the Perform the initialization process correctly.  
unit was initialized.  
LCD cannot be read  
The LCD contrast is not properly adjusted.  
Adjust the LCD contrast.  
21, 178  
CAUTION  
•
•
This machine is equipped with a thread detection device. If the “Start/Stop” button is pushed before the upper  
threading is done, the machine will not operate properly. Also, depending on the pattern selected, the machine may  
feed the fabric even if the needle is raised. This is due to the needle bar release mechanism. At these times, the  
machine will make a sound different from that made during normal sewing. This is not the sign of a malfunction.  
If the power is disconnected during sewing:  
Turn the main power to OFF and unplug the machine.  
If you restart the machine, follow the instructions for operating the machine correctly.  
182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ERROR MESSAGES  
ERROR MESSAGES  
If the “Start/Stop button” or the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch” button is pressed before the machine is correctly set  
up or if an incorrect operation is performed, the machine stops and informs you of the error with an alarm and an  
error message. If an error message appears, correct the problem according to the instructions in the message.  
(The message that is displayed can be cancelled either by pressing  
or performing the operation correctly.)  
This message is displayed if a  
malfunction occurred.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button is pressed,  
but the embroidery unit is not  
attached.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button is pressed  
in embroidery mode, but the  
This message is displayed when  
there is a possibility that the data  
for the selected pattern is  
corrupted.  
embroidery frame is not attached.  
This confirmation message  
appears after the machine is  
turned on and the carriage of the  
embroidery unit has moved to its  
initial position.  
This message is displayed when  
the pattern selected in embroidery  
mode is larger than the  
embroidering area of the small  
embroidery frame while the small  
embroidery frame is attached.  
This message is displayed when  
there are too many characters to  
be arranged in the curved  
This message is displayed when  
the pattern selected in embroidery  
mode is larger than the  
embroidering area of the large  
embroidery frame while the small,  
medium or large embroidery frame  
is attached.  
8
character configuration.  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ERROR MESSAGES  
This message is displayed when  
the pattern selected in embroidery  
mode is larger than the  
embroidering area of the medium  
embroidery frame while the small  
or medium embroidery frame is  
attached.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button is pressed  
while a pattern is being edited in  
embroidery edit mode.  
This message is displayed when  
the upper thread is broken or not  
threaded correctly, and the “Start/  
Stop” button or the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button is  
pressed.  
This message is displayed when you  
try to use the needle threader lever  
while twin needle sewing is set.  
This message is displayed when a  
buttonhole stitch is selected and  
the “Start/Stop” button or the  
“Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button is pressed while the  
CAUTION  
•
Be sure to rethread the machine. If you press the  
“Start/Stop” button without rethreading the  
machine, the thread tension may be wrong or the  
needle may break and cause injury.  
buttonhole lever is raised.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button, “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button,  
“Thread Cutter” button or “Presser  
Foot Lifter” button is pressed while  
the presser foot lever is raised/the  
needle is lowered.  
This message is displayed when  
using USB cable to download  
information from PC to machine.  
This message is displayed when  
the patterns you are editing take up  
too much memory, or if you are  
editing too many patterns for the  
memory.  
This message is displayed when you  
try to combine more than 70 patterns.  
184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ERROR MESSAGES  
This message is displayed when  
more than 12 patterns have been  
saved in “Removable Disk”.  
This message is displayed when a  
stitch other than a buttonhole stitch  
is selected and the “Start/Stop”  
button or the “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button is  
pressed while the buttonhole lever  
is lowered.  
This message is displayed when  
the memory is full and the stitch or  
pattern cannot be saved.  
This message is displayed when  
the embroidery unit tries to  
initialize in embroidery mode while  
an embroidery frame is attached.  
This message is displayed when  
This message is displayed when a  
previously saved pattern is being  
retrieved in embroidery edit mode.  
is pressed while the  
presser foot is raised.  
This message is displayed when  
This message is displayed while  
upgrade file is being downloaded  
to machine.  
,
,
, or  
is pressed after a pattern is  
selected.  
8
This message is displayed when  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button, “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button or  
is pressed while a utility  
stitch is selected.  
is pressed while no  
pattern is selected.  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ERROR MESSAGES  
This message is displayed when  
the bobbin thread is running out.  
This message is displayed when  
you try to retrieve a pattern  
downloaded as one for a different  
machine.  
This message is displayed when  
the bobbin is being wound, and the  
motor locks because the thread is  
tangled, etc.  
This message is displayed when  
the combined character pattern in  
embroidery mode is too large for  
the embroidery frame. You can  
rotate the pattern 90 degrees to  
continue combining characters.  
This message is displayed when  
the embroidery unit is initializing.  
This message is displayed when  
the combined character pattern in  
embroidery mode is too large for  
the embroidery frame.  
This message is displayed when  
the foot controller is pressed while  
the embroidery unit is attached.  
This message is displayed when  
is pressed without an  
embroidery card inserted.  
This message is displayed when  
the machine is turned on while the  
needle is lowered and the  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button is pressed  
while the foot controller is  
connected.  
embroidery unit is attached.  
186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ERROR MESSAGES  
This message is displayed when  
the motor locks up due to tangled  
thread or for other reasons related  
to thread delivery.  
This message is displayed when a  
button on the screen is pressed  
while the needle is lowered.  
If data is being written to or deleted  
from “Removable Disk” on the  
connected computer during  
sewing, the machine stops and this  
message is displayed.  
This message is displayed when  
you try to retrieve a pattern saved  
with the number of stitches or the  
number of colors exceeding the  
specified limits.  
When the USB transmission is  
completed, press the “Start/Stop”  
button to continue sewing.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Reverse/Reinforcement Stitch”  
button is pressed while the  
This message is displayed when  
you try to sew with a stitch other  
than a middle needle position stitch  
while the single-hole needle plate  
is installed.  
embroidery unit is attached.  
This message is displayed when  
the needle plate is removed with  
the machine on or when the  
machine is turned on in the  
embroidery or embroidery edit  
mode.  
This message is displayed when  
is pressed while an  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button, “Reverse/  
Reinforcement Stitch” button, or  
the “Thread Cutter” button is  
pressed while the presser foot is  
raised.  
incompatible embroidery card is  
inserted.  
This message is displayed when  
the machine is set for twin needle  
sewing and a pattern that cannot  
be sewn with the twin needle is  
selected.  
This message is displayed when  
the “Start/Stop” button is pressed  
while the sewing speed controller  
is set to control the zigzag stitch  
width.  
8
■ Alarm  
If an incorrect operation is performed, the machine  
beeps two or four times.  
Memo  
To turn the alarm on or off, press  
details, see page 21.  
. For  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SPECIFICATIONS  
SPECIFICATIONS  
Item  
Specification  
Sewing Machine  
Dimensions  
51.1 cm (W) × 30.5 cm (H) × 25.8 cm (D) (approx. 20-1/8 inches  
(W) × 12 inches (H) × 10-1/8 inches (D))  
Case dimensions  
58.2 cm (W) × 31.9 cm (H) × 28.4 cm (D) (approx. 22-7/8 inches  
(W) × 12-1/2 inches (H) × 11-1/8 inches (D))  
Weight  
11.2 kg (24.7 lb.) (with case: 13.5 kg (29.8 lb.))  
70 to 1000 stitches per minute  
Sewing speed  
Needle  
Home sewing machine needles (HA × 130)  
Embroidery Unit  
Dimensions  
45.8 cm (W) × 13.1 cm (H) × 42.3 cm (D) (approx. 18 inches (W)  
× 5-1/8 inches (H) × 16-3/4 inches (D))  
Dimension of machine with embroidery 72.4 cm (W) × 30.5 cm (H) × 42.3 cm (D) (approx. 28-1/2 inches  
unit attached  
(W) × 12 inches (H) × 16-3/4 inches (D))  
Weight  
3.5 kg (7.7 lb.)  
188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE’S SOFTWARE  
UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE’S SOFTWARE  
You can use a computer to download software upgrades for your sewing machine.  
Note  
There are two upgrade files. Be sure to download both files successively.  
Memo  
• When the machine’s software is upgraded, saved combinations of character and decorative stitches are erased.  
However, saved embroidery patterns are not erased.  
• While the software is being upgraded, the buzzer will not sound when a key is pressed.  
While holding the “Presser Foot Lifter” button  
pressed, turn on the machine.  
When the screen shown in step  
again, press  
a
appears  
a
d
.
→ The following screen appears.  
→ The message “Saving the upgrade file. Do not turn  
main power to OFF.”appears. The download takes  
about 3 minutes.  
Press LOAD after saving the  
upgrade file in the  
machine.  
When the following screen appears, the first  
upgrade file is downloaded.  
e
Press LOAD after saving the  
upgrade file in the  
machine.  
Plug the USB cable connectors into the  
corresponding USB ports on the computer  
and on the machine.  
b
→ The “Removable Disk” icon appears in “My  
Computer” on the computer.  
Copy the second upgrade file to “Removable  
Disk”.  
f
g
Copy the upgrade file to “Removable Disk”.  
c
When the screen shown in step  
again, press  
a
appears  
8
.
→ The message “Saving the upgrade file. Do not turn  
main power to OFF.”appears. The download takes  
about 3 minutes.  
→ The message “Connected to PC. Do not disconnect  
the USB cable.” appears.  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UPGRADING YOUR MACHINE’S SOFTWARE  
When the following screen appears,  
upgrading is completed.  
h
Press LOAD after saving the  
upgrade file in the  
machine.  
Upgrade complete.  
Note  
If an error occurred, an error message appears in red.  
At this time, turn the machine off, and then start the  
procedure again from step a  
.
Disconnect the USB cable, and turn the  
machine off, then on again.  
i
190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
STITCH SETTING CHART  
Note  
When using the twin needle (see page 31), be sure to attach presser foot “J”.  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Straight stitch (Left)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while 0.0  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
pressing “Reverse/  
(0)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch (Left)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn 0.0  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
while pressing “Reverse/  
(0)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch  
(Middle)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reverse stitch is sewn while 3.5  
pressing “Reverse/  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Straight stitch  
(Middle)  
General sewing, gather, pintuck,  
etc. Reinforcement stitch is sewn 3.5  
while pressing “Reverse/  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8)  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Triple stretch stitch  
Stem stitch  
General sewing for  
reinforcement and decorative  
topstitching  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Reinforced stitching, sewing and  
decorative applications  
1.0  
(1/16)  
1.0 - 3.0  
(1/16 - 1/8)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative stitch  
Basting stitch  
Decorative stitching, top  
stitching  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Basting  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
20.0  
5.0 - 30.0  
NO  
(3/4) (3/16 - 1-3/16)  
Zigzag stitch  
(Middle)  
For overcasting, mending.  
Reverse stitch is sewn while  
pressing “Reverse/  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
OK  
( J )  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Zigzag stitch  
(Middle)  
For overcasting, mending.  
Reinforcement stitch is sewn  
while pressing “Reverse/  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
OK  
( J )  
Reinforcement Stitch” button.  
Zigzag stitch (Right)  
Zigzag stitch (Left)  
2 step elastic zigzag  
3 step elastic zigzag  
Overcasting stitch  
Start from right needle position,  
zigzag sew at left.  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
1.4  
0.3 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Start from left needle position,  
zigzag sew at right.  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
1.4  
0.3 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Overcasting (medium weight  
and stretch fabrics), tape and  
elastic  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Overcasting (medium,  
heavyweight and stretch fabrics),  
tape and elastic  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Reinforcing of light and medium  
weight fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 5.0  
2.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(3/32 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Overcasting stitch  
Reinforcing of heavyweight  
fabric  
5.0  
2.5 - 5.0  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
NO  
(3/16) (3/32 - 3/16) (3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Reinforcing of medium,  
heavyweight and easily friable  
fabrics or decorative stitching.  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Reinforced seaming of stretch  
fabric  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 9/32)  
2.5  
0.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/32 - 3/16)  
Reinforcing of medium stretch  
fabric and heavyweight fabric,  
decorative stitching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 9/32)  
2.5  
0.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/32 - 3/16)  
Reinforcement of stretch fabric  
or decorative stitching  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Stretch knit seam  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Single diamond  
overcast  
Reinforcement and seaming  
stretch fabric  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Single diamond  
overcast  
Reinforcement of stretch fabric  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.8  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
With side cutter  
Piecing stitch (Right)  
Straight stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 2.5  
(0 - 3/32)  
2.5  
0.2 - 5.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(3/32) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Zigzag stitch while cutting fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
3.5  
(1/8)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Overcasting stitch while cutting  
fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.5 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Piecework/patchwork  
6.5 mm (approx. 1/4 inch) right  
seam allowance  
5.5  
(7/32)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Piecing stitch  
(Middle)  
Piecework/patchwork  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
—
—
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Piecing stitch (Left)  
Hand-look quilting  
Piecework/patchwork  
6.5 mm (approx. 1/4 inch) left  
seam allowance  
1.5  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.2 - 5.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Quilting stitch made to look like  
hand quilting stitch  
0.0  
(0)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Quilting appliqué  
zigzag stitch  
Zigzag stitch for quilting and  
sewing on appliqué quilt pieces  
3.5  
(1/8)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 4.0  
(0 - 3/16)  
Quilting appliqué  
stitch  
Quilting stitch for invisible  
appliqué or attaching binding  
1.5  
0.5 - 5.0  
1.8  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16) (1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Quilting stippling  
Background quilting  
7.0  
(1/4)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Blind hem stitch  
Hemming woven fabrics  
2.0  
1.0 - 3.5  
00  
00  
3← − →3  
NO  
NO  
(1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
Blind hem stitch  
Blanket stitch  
Hemming stretch fabric  
2.0  
1.0 - 3.5  
3← − →3  
(1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
Appliqués, decorative blanket  
stitch  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Shell tuck edge  
Satin scallop stitch  
Scallop stitch  
Shell tuck edge finish on fabrics  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Decorating collar of blouse, edge  
of handkerchief  
5.0  
(3/16)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.1 - 1.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Decorating collar of blouse, edge  
of handkerchief  
7.0  
(1/4)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.4  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Patchwork join stitch  
Patchwork stitches, decorative  
stitching  
4.0  
(1/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.2  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Patchwork double  
overlock stitch  
Patchwork stitches, decorative  
stitching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Couching stitch  
Smocking stitch  
Feather stitch  
Decorative stitching, attaching  
cord and couching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.2  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Smocking, decorative stitching  
Fagoting, decorative stitching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Fagoting cross stitch  
Tape attaching  
Ladder stitch  
Fagoting, bridging and  
decorative stitching  
5.0  
(3/16)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Attaching tape to seam in stretch  
fabric  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/61 - 3/16)  
Decorative stitching  
Decorative top stitching  
Decorative stitching  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
3.0  
2.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Rick-rack stitch  
Decorative stitch  
4.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.5  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 7.0  
(0 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Serpentine stitch  
Decorative stitch  
Decorative stitching and  
attaching elastic  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Decorative stitching and  
appliqué  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Decorative stippling  
stitch  
Decorative stitching  
7.0  
(1/4)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching zigzag  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Honeycomb stitch  
Honeycomb stitch  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Hemstitching  
Decorative hems, triple straight  
at left  
1.0  
(1/16)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems, triple straight  
at center  
3.5  
(1/8)  
1.0 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems, top stitching  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems, lace attaching  
pin stitch  
3.5  
(1/8)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems  
3.0  
(1/8)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems daisy stitch  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
Heirloom, decorative hems  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
4.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.5  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
NO  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
4.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(3/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
4.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.5  
1.6 - 4.0  
NO  
(3/32) (1/16 - 3/16)  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems and bridging  
stitch  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
2.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Decorative hems. Fagoting,  
attaching ribbon  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
3.0  
1.5 - 4.0  
OK  
( J )  
(1/8) (1/16 - 3/16)  
194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Hemstitching  
Decorative hems, smocking  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Hemstitching  
Decorative hems, smocking  
5.0  
(3/16)  
1.5 - 7.0  
(1/16 - 1/4)  
1.6  
1.0 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/16 - 3/16)  
Narrow rounded  
buttonhole  
Buttonhole on light to medium  
weight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Wide round ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes with extra space for  
larger buttons  
5.5  
(7/32)  
3.5 - 5.5  
(1/8 - 7/32)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Tapered round  
ended buttonhole  
Reinforced waist tapered  
buttonholes  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Round ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes with vertical bar  
tack in heavyweight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Round double ended  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes for fine, medium to  
heavyweight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Narrow squared  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes for light to medium  
weight fabrics  
5.0  
(3/16)  
3.0 - 5.0  
(1/8 - 3/16)  
0.4  
0.2 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Stretch buttonhole  
Heirloom buttonhole  
Bound buttonhole  
Keyhole buttonhole  
Buttonholes for stretch or woven  
fabrics  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
3.0 - 6.0  
1.0  
0.5 - 2.0  
(1/8 - 15/64) (1/16) (1/32 - 1/16)  
Buttonholes for heirloom and  
stretch fabrics  
6.0  
(15/  
64)  
3.0 - 6.0  
1.5  
1.0 - 3.0  
(1/8 - 15/64) (1/16) (1/16 - 1/8)  
The first step in making bound  
buttonholes  
5.0  
(3/16)  
0.0 - 6.0  
(0 - 15/64)  
2.0  
0.2 - 4.0  
(1/16) (1/64 - 3/16)  
Buttonholes in heavyweight or  
thick fabrics for larger flat  
buttons  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Tapered keyhole  
buttonhole  
Buttonholes in medium to heavy  
weight fabrics for larger flat  
buttons  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Keyhole buttonhole  
Darning  
Buttonholes with vertical bar  
tack for reinforcement in  
heavyweight or thick fabrics  
7.0  
(1/4)  
3.0 - 7.0  
(1/8 - 1/4)  
0.5  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/32) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Darning of medium weight fabric  
7.0  
(1/4)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.4 - 2.5  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Darning  
Darning of heavyweight fabric  
7.0  
(1/4)  
2.5 - 7.0  
(3/32 - 1/4)  
2.0  
0.4 - 2.5  
(1/16) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Bar tack  
Reinforcement at opening of  
pocket, etc.  
2.0  
(1/16)  
1.0 - 3.0  
(1/16 - 1/8)  
0.4  
0.3 - 1.0  
(1/64) (1/64 - 1/16)  
Button sewing  
Eyelet  
Attaching buttons  
3.5  
(1/8)  
2.5 - 4.5  
(3/32 - 3/16)  
—
—
For making eyelets, holes on  
belts, etc.  
7.0 6.0 5.0  
(1/4 15/64 3/  
16)  
7.0  
7.0 6.0 5.0  
7.0  
(1/4) (1/4 15/64 3/16) (1/4)  
Diagonally left up  
(Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
—
—
—
—
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Stitch Setting Chart  
Stitch Width  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch Length  
[mm (inch)]  
Stitch  
Key  
Presser  
Foot  
Twin  
Needle  
Stitch Name  
Applications  
Auto  
Manual  
Auto  
Manual  
Reverse (Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
NO  
Diagonally right up  
(Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Sideways to left  
(Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric  
Sideways to right  
(Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric  
Diagonally left down  
(Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
Forward (Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
Diagonally right  
down (Straight)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
Sideways to left  
(Zigzag)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric  
Sideways to right  
(Zigzag)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric  
Forward (Zigzag)  
Reverse (Zigzag)  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
For attaching appliqué on tubular  
pieces of fabric and mitering  
corners  
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
INDEX  
elastic zigzag stitches ................................................................... 57  
elongation key .............................................................................. 95  
embroidery  
A
accessories ....................................................................................11  
air vent ...........................................................................................9  
alarm ..........................................................................................187  
alphabet patterns  
character/decorative stitches .....................................................89  
appliqués ................................................................56, 63, 67, 146  
array key .....................................................................................157  
arrow keys ........................................................126, 155, 161, 167  
attaching elastic tape ............................................................. 57, 71  
automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching .....................................43  
automatic thread cutting key .........................................................44  
corners ................................................................................... 123  
automatic thread cutting ......................................................... 137  
key functions .......................................................................... 119  
restarting from the beginning .................................................. 136  
ribbons ................................................................................... 123  
selecting patterns .................................................................... 114  
sewing speed .......................................................................... 138  
small fabrics ........................................................................... 123  
thread color display ................................................................ 138  
embroidery card slot ..............................................................9, 118  
embroidery cards .................................................................14, 118  
embroidery edit  
combining ......................................................................159, 162  
function descriptions .............................................................. 150  
embroidery foot "U" ....................................................11, 111, 112  
embroidery foot height ............................................................... 120  
embroidery frame  
attaching/removing ................................................................. 124  
hooping .................................................................................. 122  
type ........................................................................................ 121  
using the embroidery sheet ..................................................... 122  
embroidery frame display ........................................................... 125  
embroidery needle plate cover ................................................... 131  
embroidery patterns  
appliqués from frame patterns ................................................ 146  
checking embroidering position ............................................. 129  
combining .............................................................................. 159  
deleting .................................................................................. 156  
editing .................................................................................... 154  
pattern selection screens ......................................................... 114  
retrieving ........................................................................143, 144  
saving ..................................................................................... 141  
selecting .........................................................................114, 151  
sewing .................................................................................... 131  
embroidery sheet ........................................................................ 122  
embroidery speed ......................................................................... 20  
embroidery unit .......................................................................... 112  
carriage ............................................................................10, 112  
error messages ............................................................................ 183  
eyelets .......................................................................................... 82  
B
bar tacks .......................................................................................79  
basting ..........................................................................................53  
blind hem stitch ............................................................................66  
block move key ..........................................................................169  
bobbin ................................................................................... 24, 27  
bobbin cover ......................................................................... 10, 27  
bobbin holder ...............................................................................25  
bobbin thread  
inserting ....................................................................................27  
pulling up .................................................................................27  
replacing .................................................................................134  
winding .....................................................................................24  
bobbin winder ................................................................................9  
bobbin winding thread guide ............................................ 9, 25, 26  
button sewing ...............................................................................81  
buttonhole lever .............................................................. 10, 75, 79  
buttonhole stitches ........................................................................74  
C
carriage .........................................................................................10  
character/decorative stitches  
adjusting ...................................................................................92  
combining .................................................................................97  
editing .......................................................................................94  
key functions .............................................................................94  
retrieving ............................................................... 106, 107, 173  
saving ................................................................... 103, 105, 172  
selecting ....................................................................................88  
sewing ......................................................................................91  
stitch selection screens ..............................................................88  
cleaning ......................................................................................176  
color check key ..........................................................................132  
combining  
F
fabrics  
fabric/thread/needle combinations ............................................ 36  
sewing heavyweight fabric ....................................................... 41  
sewing lightweight fabric .......................................................... 41  
sewing stretch fabrics ............................................................... 77  
fagoting ........................................................................................ 70  
feed dog position switch ....................................................9, 65, 81  
feed dogs .........................................................................10, 65, 81  
flat fell seams ............................................................................... 54  
flatbed attachment with accessory compartment .............9, 11, 112  
Foot controller .............................................................................. 39  
foot controller jack ......................................................................... 9  
forward/back key ........................................................................ 135  
character/decorative stitches .....................................................97  
embroidery edit .......................................................................159  
crazy quilts ...................................................................................57  
D
daisy stitch ....................................................................................72  
darning .........................................................................................78  
darts ..............................................................................................53  
delete key ...................................................................................156  
drawn work ........................................................................... 72, 73  
G
Grid direction key ...................................................................... 167  
E
edit end key ................................................................................158  
editing  
H
character/decorative stitches .....................................................94  
embroidery .............................................................................125  
embroidery edit .......................................................................154  
MY CUSTOM STITCH .............................................................166  
handle ............................................................................................ 9  
handwheel ..................................................................................... 9  
hard case ...................................................................................... 13  
heirloom stitching ........................................................................ 72  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
horizontal mirror image key ................................................ 95, 127  
presser foot code .................................................................. 17, 119  
presser foot holder ................................................................. 10, 33  
presser foot lever ...................................................................... 9, 41  
presser foot lifter button ....................................................... 11, 124  
presser foot/needle exchange key ............................31, 33, 34, 111  
pretension disk ....................................................................... 25, 26  
prewound bobbins ......................................................................131  
I
image key .......................................................................... 130, 168  
insert key .................................................................................... 170  
K
Q
key functions  
character/decorative stitches ..................................................... 94  
embroidering .......................................................................... 119  
utility stitches ............................................................................ 18  
knee lifter ................................................................................ 9, 40  
knee lifter slot ................................................................................. 9  
quilting .........................................................................................62  
free-motion ...............................................................................65  
R
reinforcement stitching .......................................................... 40, 43  
retrieving  
L
character/decorative stitches .......................................... 106, 173  
computer ....................................................................... 107, 173  
embroidery patterns ....................................................... 143, 144  
from computer ........................................................................144  
from machine ..........................................................................143  
reverse stitching .............................................................. 40, 43, 51  
reverse/reinforcement stitch button ........................................ 11, 40  
rotate key ........................................................................... 126, 155  
languages ..................................................................................... 21  
LCD ......................................................................................... 9, 17  
M
machine operation mode key ....................................................... 22  
machine setting mode key ................................................... 20, 139  
machine settings mode key ......................................................... 138  
main power switch .................................................................. 9, 16  
maintenance ............................................................................... 176  
memory  
character/decorative stitches .......................................... 103, 105  
embroidery ............................................................................. 140  
utility ........................................................................................ 49  
mirror image key .......................................................................... 49  
multi color key .................................................................. 128, 158  
multi-directional sewing ............................................................... 83  
MY CUSTOM STITCH  
S
satin stitching ................................................................................64  
saving  
character/decorative stitches ...................................................103  
computer .............................................................. 105, 142, 172  
embroidery patterns ................................................................141  
machine’s memory ......................................................... 103, 141  
utility stitches ............................................................................49  
scalloping .....................................................................................68  
screen  
adjusting .................................................................................178  
locking ......................................................................................45  
securing stitching ..........................................................................40  
set key ........................................................................................167  
settings  
designing ................................................................................ 164  
entering data ........................................................................... 166  
key functions .......................................................................... 166  
N
needle  
automatic reverse/reinforcement stitching .................................43  
automatic thread cutting .................................................. 44, 137  
LCD density ..................................................................... 21, 178  
stitch length ..............................................................................42  
thread tension .................................................................. 43, 136  
zigzag width .............................................................................42  
sewing speed controller .................................................... 9, 11, 38  
sewing type selection key .............................................................50  
shell tuck stitching ........................................................................68  
side cutter .....................................................................................60  
single/repeat sewing key ...............................................................96  
single/triple stitching key .............................................................167  
size key ....................................................................... 95, 127, 156  
smocking ......................................................................................69  
spacing key .................................................................................157  
specifications ..............................................................................188  
spool cap ........................................................................................9  
Spool net ......................................................................................13  
spool pin .........................................................................................9  
stabilizer .....................................................................................120  
start/stop button ..................................................................... 11, 38  
step patterns ................................................................................101  
stitch length ..................................................................................42  
stitch width ...................................................................................42  
stitching density ................................................................... 96, 128  
straight stitch .................................................................................51  
supplemental spool pin ..................................................... 9, 24, 31  
changing the position ............................................................... 52  
fabric/thread/needle combinations ............................................ 36  
replacing .................................................................................. 34  
settings ..................................................................................... 17  
twin needle ............................................................................... 31  
needle bar thread guide ...................................................10, 29, 31  
needle clamp screw ...................................................................... 10  
needle mode selection key (single/twin) ................................ 31, 32  
needle plate .................................................................................. 10  
needle plate cover ............................................................... 10, 176  
needle position ............................................................................. 52  
needle position button .................................................................. 11  
needle threader lever ............................................................... 9, 30  
O
operation buttons .................................................................... 9, 11  
options ......................................................................................... 14  
overcasting ......................................................................56, 57, 58  
P
patchwork .................................................................................... 57  
pattern explanation key ................................................................ 23  
pattern selection key ................................................................... 156  
pattern selection screen .............................................................. 151  
piecing ......................................................................................... 62  
pin tucks ....................................................................................... 55  
point delete key .......................................................................... 167  
power cord ................................................................................... 16  
presser foot ................................................................................... 10  
replacing .................................................................................. 33  
T
thread  
fabric/thread/needle combinations ............................................36  
thread color display ....................................................................138  
198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
thread cutter ............................................................................ 9, 30  
thread cutter button ........................................................ 11, 39, 44  
thread density key ..................................................... 128, 136, 137  
thread guide ................................................................9, 25, 26, 31  
thread guide plate ............................................................. 9, 26, 29  
thread take-up lever check window .................................. 9, 29, 30  
thread tension ...................................................................... 43, 136  
top cover ........................................................................................9  
topstitching ...................................................................................69  
touch pen ............................................................................ 13, 179  
holder .........................................................................................9  
trial key .......................................................................................129  
U
upgrading ...................................................................................189  
upper threading ............................................................................28  
twin needle ...............................................................................31  
USB connector ................................................................................9  
USB port .....................................................................................144  
for computer .................................................................. 105, 172  
utility stitches ......................................................................... 23, 50  
key functions .............................................................................18  
saving .......................................................................................49  
selecting a stitch pattern ............................................................49  
sewing ......................................................................................38  
sewing type selection key ..........................................................50  
stitch selection screens ..............................................................48  
V
vertical mirror image key ..............................................................95  
W
walking foot ..................................................................................63  
Z
zigzag stitch ..................................................................................56  
stitch width ...............................................................................42  
zipper insertion .............................................................................84  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Blackberry Cell Phone 461 User Manual
Black Decker Saw 583765 00 User Manual
Black Decker Trimmer GLC2500L User Manual
Bosch Appliances Mixer MUZ 4 MX2 User Manual
Boss Audio Systems Car Stereo System BV8728B User Manual
Boston Acoustics Portable Speaker i DS2 User Manual
Campbell Hausfeld Cordless Drill CL154500AV User Manual
Cerwin Vega Speaker CMX210 User Manual
Cisco Systems Cordless Telephone 7921G User Manual
Cisco Systems Network Card MeetingPlace Video Integration User Manual